Operation & Maintenance Manual Operation & Maintenance Manual S510 Skid-Steer Loader S510 Skid-Steer Loader

Operation & Maintenance Manual

S510 Skid-Steer Loader
S/N A3NJ11001 & Above

e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
EQUIPPED WITH
BOBCAT INTERLOCK
BOBCAT INTERLOC K
CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)
6989665enUS (12-16) (H) Printed in U.S.A. ©2016 Bobcat Company. All rights reserved.
NA iT4
1 of 212

OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS

CORRECT
Operator must have instructions
WARNING before operating the machine.
Untrained operators can cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502
Safety
Safety A
Alert
lert Symbol:
Symbol: This symbol
symbol with
with a warning statement,
statement, P-90216
means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety
Never use the loader without
is involved!” Carefully read the message
that follows. instructions. See machine
(decals), Operation signs
& Maintenance
Manual, and Operator’s
Operator’s Handbook.
CORRECT CORRECT WRONG
NA1254 NA1198 NA1201
Always use the seat bar and fasten Never use loader without operator Never use loader as man lift or
seat belt snugly. cab with ROPS and FOPS approval. elevating device for personnel.
Always keep feet on the foot pedals or Fasten your seat belt. e
footrests when operating loader. l
a
s
WRONG e
WRONG WRONG R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
NA1190 NA1199 NA1194 o
C
Do not use loader in atmosphere Never carry riders. Always carry bucket or r
with explosive dust, explosive gas, attachments as low as possible. e
l
or where exhaust can contact Keep bystanders away from work Do not travel or turn with lift arms a
flammable material. area. up. e
Load, unload, and turn on flat level D
ground.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
NA1196 NA1197 NA1195
Never exceed Rated Operating Never leave loader with engine Never modify equipment.
Capacity. running or with lift arms up.
To park, engage parking brake and Use only attachments approved by
put attachment flat on the ground. Bobcat Company for this model
loader.
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat Loader must be equipped with safety items necessary for each job. Ask your dealer for information on the safe
use of attachments and accessories.
1. SEA
SEAT
T BELT:
BELT: Check
Check belt fastener
fastenerss and che
check
ck for damaged webbing
webbing or b
buckle.
uckle.
2. SEAT BAR: When up, it mu
must
st lock the loader controls.
4.
3. OPERA
OPERATOR
OPERA
OPERATOTOR CAB
TOR’S
R’S HAN(ROPS
HANDBOO
DBOOK:an
and
K:dMusFOPS):
Must It m
t be in must
ustc
the be on the loader with all fasteners tight.
cab.
ab.
5. SAFET
SAFETYY SIG
SIGNS
NS (D
(DECALS
ECALS):): Re
Replace
place if d
damage
amaged. d.
6. SAFET
SAFETYYTTREADS:
READS: Repla
Replace
ce if dama
damaged.
ged.
7. GRAB HANDL
HANDLES:
ES: Replace
Replace if
if d
damage
amaged.d.
8. LIFT ARM S
SUPPOR
UPPORT T DE
DEVICE:
VICE: Replac
Replace e if damag
damaged.
ed.
9. PAR
ARKIN
KING
G BR
BRAK
AKE
E
10. BOBCAT
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTR
CONTROL OL SYSTEM (BICS) OSW60-0516
2 of 212

CONTENTS
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
OPERATING
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..20
20
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

. 104
SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS

ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS
TRANSLATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..181
181
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
e
l
REFERENCE INFORMATION a
s
e
Write the correct information for YOUR Bobcat loader in the spaces below. Always use these numbers when R
r
referring to your Bobcat loader. o
f
t
o
Loader Serial Number N
-
Engine Serial Number -
y
p
o
C
NOTES: r
e
l
a
e
D
YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
Bobcat Company Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o.

P.O. Box 128 U Kodetky 1978
Gwinner, ND 58040-0128 26312 Dobris
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA CZECH REPUBLIC
1 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

3 of 212

FOREWORD
This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give the owner / operator instructions on the safe operation
and maintenance of the Bobcat loader. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING YOUR BOBCAT LOADER. If you have any questions, see your Bobcat dealer.
This manual may illustrate options and accessories not installed on your loader.
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..33
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS

LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Loader Serial
Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine Serial Number
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..44
DELIVERY
DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
.4
LOADER IDENTIFICATION
IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
.5
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES,
FEATURES, ACCESSOR IES, AND A ATT
TTACHMENTS
ACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Standard Items
Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
.6
e
l
Options And Accessories
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..66 a
s
Buckets Available
Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 e
Attachmentss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Attachment .7 R
r
Special Applications
Applications Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..88 o
f
t
Special Applications Kit Inspection
In spection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 .8 o
N
Forestry
Forestry Door And Windo
Window w Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..99 -
-
Forestry
Forestry Door And Windo
Window w Kit Inspect
Inspection ion And Maintenance
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 .9 y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D

4 of 212

BOBCAT
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED
ISO 9001 is
9001 is an international standard that specifies requirements for a quality management system that controls the
processes and procedures which we use to design, develop, manufacture, and distribute Bobcat products.
(BSI)) is the Certified Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the company’s compliance
British Standards Institute (BSI
with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat's manufacturing facilities in Gwinner, North Dakota (U.S.A.),
(U.S.A.), Pontchâteau (France), and the
Bobcat corporate offices (Gwinner, Bismarck, and West Fargo) in North Dakota. TÜV Rheinland is
Rheinland is the Certified Registrar
Bobcat Company chose to assess the company’s compliance with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat’s manufacturing facility in
Dobris (Czech Republic). Only certified assessors, like BSI and TÜV Rheinland, can grant registrations.
ISO 9001 means that as a company we say what we do and do what we say. In other words, we have established
procedures and policies, and we provide evidence that the procedures and policies are followed.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the
e
l
state of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other a
reproductive harm. s
e
R
r
o
f
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS t
o
N
-
ENGINE OIL FILTER (6 Pack) BATTERY -
y
6675517 7269857 p
o
C
FUEL FILTER HYDRAULIC FILTER r
e
l
6667352 7024037 a
e
D
HYDRAULIC CHARGE FILTER
AIR FILTER, Outer
6692337 (Earlier Models)
6666333
6686926 (Later Models)

AIR FILTER, Inner
6666334 HYDRAULIC FILL / BREATHER
6727475 BREATHER CAP
ANTIFREEZE, Propylene Glycol FLUID, Hydraulic / Hydrostatic
6983128 - Premixed - U.S. gal (6) 6903117 - 2.5 U.S. gal (2)
6983129 - Concentrate - U.S. gal (6) 6903118 - 5 U.S. gal (1)
6903119 - 55 U.S. gal (1)

ENGINE OIL ENGINE OIL
7023080 SAE 15W-40 - qt (12)
15W-40 7023081 SAE 15W-40
15W-40 - U.S. gal (6)
U.S. gal
7023076 SAE 10W-30 - qt (12)
10W-30 7023077 SAE 10W-30
10W-30 - U.S.
U.S. gal
gal (6)
7023082 SAE 15W-40

15W-40 - 2.5 U.S. gal (2)
U.S. gal
7023078 SAE 10W-30
10W-30 - 2.5 U.S.
U.S. gal
gal (2)
NOTE: Always verify
verify Part
Part Numbers with your
your Bobcat
Bobcat dealer.

5 of 212

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS

LOCATIONS DELIVERY REPORT
Always use the serial number of the loader when Figuree 3
Figur
requesting service information or when ordering parts.
Early or later models (identification made by serial
number) may use different parts, or there may be
different procedures to follow when performing a specific
service operation.
Loader Serial Number
Figure 1
NA3106
1 The delivery report [Figure 3] contains

3] contains a list of items that
must be explained or shown to the owner or operator by
the dealer when the Bobcat loader is delivered.
The delivery report must be reviewed and signed by the e

l
a
owner or operator and the dealer. s
e
P109031F R
r
o
f
t
The loader serial number plate (Item 1) [Figure 1]
1] is o
N
located on the outside of the loader frame. -
-
y
Engine Serial Number p
o
C
Figure 2 r
e
l
a
e
D
P109011
The engine serial number (Item 1) [Figure 2] is

2] is located
above the oil fill cap.

6 of 212

LOADER IDENTIFICATION
FRONT OPERATION &

OPERATION
LIGHTS MAINTENANCE
MANUAL and
OPERATOR’S
GRAB HANDBOOK
HANDLES
OPERATOR SEA
SE AT
with
and SEAT
SEAT BELT
BAR
TILT
CYLINDERS
FRONT AUXILIARY
QUICK COUPLERS
e
l
BUCKET [1] a
s
e
BUCKET STEP R
r
STEPS o
f
t
OPERATOR CAB o
LIFT (ROPS AND FOPS) [2] N
LIFT ARM -
CYLINDER -
y
p
o
C
r
REAR e
l
GRILLE a
e
D
BACK-UP LIFT ARM

ALARM SUPPORT DEVICE
REAR
LIGHT
REAR
DOOR TAILLIGHT TIRES [3] NA5798
NA5799
[1] BUCKETS - Several different buckets and other

o ther attachments are available for the Bobcat loader.
[2] ROPS - Roll-Over Protective Structure per ISO 3471 and FOPS - Falling-Object Protective Structure per ISO
3449, Level I. Level II is available.
[3] TIRES - Standard tires are shown. Several different tire styles and sizes are available for the Bobcat loader.

7 of 212

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ATTACHMENTS

Standard Items Options And Accessories (Cont’d)
Model S510 Bobcat loaders are equipped with the • Fire ExExtinguisher
following standard items: • Foot Area Duct Kit
• FOPS Ki Kit (L
(Level IIII)
• Access Covers • FOPS Window Kit
• Adjustable Viny inyl SSeeat • Fo
Fore
reststry
ry Door
Door an andd WiWind
ndowow Kit
Kit
• Au
Auto
toma
matitica
cally
lly Ac
Actitiva
vate
tedd Gl
Glow
ow Plug
Plugss • Forestrstry Dooroor Wip ipeer
• Auxililiaary Hyd
Hydraulics ics • Four-W
Four-Way ay Flashe
Flashers rs (Al
(Also
so adds
adds Turn
Turn Signal
Signal functi
function)
on)
• Bo
Bobc
bcatat Int
Inter
erloc
lockk Cont
Contro roll Syst
System
em (BI
(BICS™
CS™)) • Fron
Frontt anandd Rear
Rear Li Ligh
ghtt Guar
Guards ds
• Bob-Tach® • Fuel Se Sediment Bo Bowl Ki Kit
• Cab (in(inclu
cludes
des:: rear
rear window
window and polycapolycarbo
rbonat
natee top • Hose Guide
window) ROPS and FOPS (Level I) Approved • Hydrau
Hydraulic lic Buck
Bucketet Positio
Positionin
ningg (With
(With On / Off Select
Selection)
ion)
• En
Engi
gine
ne / Hydr
Hydrau aulic
lic Sy
Syststem
emss Shu
Shutd
tdow
ownn • Hydraulic Mu Muffler
• Fr
Fron
ontt Hor
Hornn / Back
Back-u -upp Ala
Alarrm • Iso
sola
latted Stee
Steerrin
ingg Lin
Linkk Kit
Kit
• Instru
Instrumenmentat
tation:
ion: Hourm
Hourmete eter,
r, Engine
Engine rpm,
rpm, Syst
System
em • Keyless Start
Voltage; Engine Temperature and Fuel Gauges; • Larger
Larger Capaci
Capacity ty Batter
Batteryy ((For
For cold
cold weath
weather
er starti
starting)
ng)
Warning Lights • Lift
Lift Kit (F(Fou
our-
r-Po
Poinint,
t, Si
Sing
ngle-
le-Po
Point
int))
• Li
Lift
ft Arm
Arm Supp
Suppor ortt Devi
Device ce • Locking Fuel C Caap
• Lights, Fr Front an and Re Rear • Main inttenance PlaPlatform
• Parking Brake
• Seat Bar • MSHA Approval Kit
• Seat Belt • Muffler Guard
• Power Bo Bob-Tach® e
l
• Sp
Spar
arkk Arre
Arrest
sterer Devi
Device ce a
• Tir
Tires
es (Bo(Bobc
bcat
at Sta
Standndarardd Duty
Duty,, 10 - 16.5
16.5,, 8 PR)
PR) • Radio s
e
•• Raar
dioAuxi
Re
Rexili
m otye Hydr
Co
Codrau
ntauli
rollics R
Options And Accessories Rear
Re Au liar
ary Hy cs r
o
f
• Rear Bumper Kit t
• Rear Window Wiper o
equip ment available from your
Below is a list of some equipment N
Bobcat loader dealer as Dealer and / or Factory Installed • Reversing Fan -
-
Accessories and Factory Installed Options. See your • Rotating Be Beacon y
• Seat
Seat Belt
Belt wit
withh 3-Po
3-Point
int Restr
Restraint
aint (Stand
(Standard
ard on Two- p
Bobcat dealer for other available options and o
accessories. Speed Models) C
• Seat Belt - 3 in. Wide r
e
l
• Adju
Adjust
stab ablele Air
Air Rid
Ridee Susp
Suspen ensision
on Sea
Seatt • Seat
Se at Belt
Belt - Retr
Retracacta
tabl
blee a
• Side Lighting e
• Ad
Adju
just
staabl blee Susp
Suspeens nsio
ionn Seat
Seat D
• Air Deflector Kit • Sound
Sound ReduReductiction
on Kit
Kit (Reduc
(Reduces es noise
noise at operat
operator
or ear)
ear)
• Air Filtlteer Pr
Preclealeaner • Spec
Sp ecia
iall App
Applilica
cattio
ions
ns KiKitt
• Att
Attach
achmen mentt Contro
Controll D Devi
evicece (ACD)
(ACD) (7-Pin,
(7-Pin, 14-Pin
14-Pin)) • Strobe Light
• Au
Auto
toma
mattic RideRide Cont
Contro roll • Tailgate Lock
• Auxi
Auxililiar
aryy Hydr
Hydrau aulilicc Coup
Couple lerr Guar
Guardd • Tilt
Tilt Cy
Cylilind
nder
er Gua
uard
rd Ki
Kitt
• Cab
Cab AccAcces essosorry Har
Harne nessss • Tires:
• Cab
Cab DooDoorr with
with Emer
Emerge genc
ncyy Exit
Exit Bobcat Heavy Duty, 10 - 16.5, 10 PR
• Cab Heater Bobcat Heavy Duty Offset,
Offset, 10 - 16.5, 10 PR
• Cab Re Reseal P Pllug Kit Bobcat Heavy Duty Offset Poly Fill, 10 – 16.5, 10 PR
• Controls: Bobcat Heavy Duty Poly Fill, 10 - 16.5, 10 PR
Advanced Control System (ACS) Bobcat Severe Duty,
Duty, 10 - 16.5, 10 PR
(Selectable Foot Pedal or Hand Control) Bobcat Severe Duty Poly Fill, 10 - 16.5, 10 PR
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) Bobcat Solidflex, 31 x 6 x 10
(Selectable ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Pattern Control) Bobcat Super Float, 31 x 12 - 16.5, 10 PR
Standard Controls • Two-Speed Travel
• Counterweight K Kiit • Windows:
• Delu
Deluxe
xe InstInstru
rume
mentntat atio
ionn Pan
Panelel Externally Removable Rear Window
• Delu
Deluxe
xe Int Inter
erio
iorr with
with StoStora rage
ge Com
Compapart
rtme
ment
ntss Polycarbonate Rear Window
• Dual S Stteering
ing DaDamper Polycarbonate Side Windows
• Engine Heater Side Windows
• Ex
Exha
hausustt Pur
Purifyi
ifying
ng MufMufflfler
er Specifications subject to change without notice and
• Extended Pe Pedals st andard
andard items may vary.

8 of 212

FEATURES,
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
These and other attachments are approved for use on Buckets Available
this model loader. Do not use unapproved attachments.
Attachments not manufactured by Bobcat may not be
approved.
The versatile Bobcat loader quickly turns into a multijob

machine with a tight-fit attachment hook-up … from
bucket to grapple to pallet fork to backhoe, and a variety
of other attachments.
See your Bobcat dealer for information about approved Bucket

attachments and attachment Operation & Maintenance
Manuals. Many bucket styles, widths, and different capacities are
available for a variety of different applications. They
Increase the versatility of your Bobcat loader with a include Construction and Industrial, Low Profile, Fertilizer,
variety of bucket styles and sizes. and Snow, to name a few. See your Bobcat dealer for the
correct bucket for your Bobcat loader and application.
——————————————————————————————————
————————————————— ——————————————————————————————————
——————————————————— ——
Attachments
• Angle Broom • Sweeper

• Auger • Th
Thre
ree-
e-Po
Poin
intt Hit
Hitch Ada
Adappte
terr
• Backhoe • Tiller e
l
a
• Bale Fork • Tilt-Tatch™ s
e
R
•• Blade
Bla
Bredes
akser—, HBo
Box,
ydx,
rauDo
Doze
liczer,
r, Snow
Snow,, S Sno
now
w V-BV-Bla
lade
de •• T
TrreeencShpCadoempactor r
o
f
• Brush Saw • Trencher t
• Brus
Brushchcat
at™ ™ Rot
Rotar
aryy Cut
Cuttter • Utility Fork o
N
• Buckets • Utility Frame -
-
• Bucket Adapter • Vibratory Roller y
• Chipper • Water Kit p
o
• Combinaination Bucket • Whisker Broom C
• Concrete Mixer r
e
l
• Digger a
• Drop Hammer e
D
• Dumping Hopper
• Flail Cutter
• Grader
• Gr
Grap
apple
pless — Farm
Farm / Ut
Utili
ility
ty,, Indu
Indust
stri
rial
al,, Root
Root
• Landplane
• Landscape Rake
• Laser EqEquipment
• Mower
• Packer Wheel
• Pallet Fork
• Planer
• Rock Bucket
• Scarifier
• Scraper
• Seeder
• Snow Pusher
• Snowblower
• Sod Layer
• Soil Conditioner
• Spreader
• Stabilizer, Rear
• Steel TTrracks

9 of 212

FEATURES,
Special Applications Kit Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance
• Inspec
Inspectt for
for cra
cracks
cks or damage
damage.. Repl
Replaceace if requir
required.
ed.
• Prerin
Prerinse
se wit
withh wate
waterr to
to remo
remove ve gritt
grittyy mate
materia
rials.
ls.
WARNING • Wash
Wash wit
water.
withh a mild
mild hou
houseseho
holdld det
deter
erge
gent
nt and
and war
warm
m
• Use a spong
spongee or soft
soft cloth
cloth.. Rinse
Rinse well with
with water
water and
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee.
Some attachment applications can cause flying • Do not
not use
use abr
abras
asiv
ivee or high
highlyly alk
alkali
aline
ne cle
clean
aner
ers.
s.
debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab
openings. Install the Special Applications Kit to • Do not
not clean
clean wit
withh meta
metall blad
blades
es or
or scra
scrape
pers
rs..
provide added operator protection in these
applications.
W-2737-0508
Figure 4
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
NA1026 N
-
-
y
Available for special applications to restrict material from p
o
entering cab openings. Kit includes 12,7 mm (0.5 in) thick C
polycarbonate front door and polycarbonate rear window r
e
l
[Figure 4].
4]. a
e
D
Polycarbonate top window (standard item) must be
installed for special applications to restrict material from
entering cab openings.
See your Bobcat dealer for availability.

availability.

10 of 212

FEATURES,
Forestry Door And Window Kit Forestry Door And Window Kit Inspection And
Maintenance
Figure 5
• Inspec
Inspectt for
for cracks
cracks or damage
damage.. Repl
Replaceace if requ
require
ired.
d.
• Order
Order part
part numb
numberer 717110
71711044 if door
door fram
framee is damage
damagedd
and needs to be replaced.
• Order
Order kit par
partt numbe
numberr 71932
7193293
93 ifif ddoor
oor polyca
polycarbo
rbonat
natee
is damaged and needs to be replaced.
• Prerin
Prerinse
se with
with wate
waterr to
to remo
remove
ve gritt
grittyy mate
materia
rials.
ls.
• Wash
Wa sh wit
water. withh a mild
mild hou
houseseho
holdld det
deter
erge
gent
nt and
and war warm
m
• Use a spong
spongee or soft
soft cloth
cloth.. Rinse
Rinse well witwithh water
water and
dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee.
• Do not
not use
use abr
abras
asiv
ivee or hig
highly
hly alka
alkalin
linee clea
cleane
ners
rs..
• Do not
not clean
clean wit
withh meta
metall blad
bladeses or
or scra
scrapepers
rs..
Forestry Door Emergency Exit

NA1819
Figure 6
Available for special applications to prevent flying debris
and objects from entering the cab. Kit includes 19,1 mm
(0.75 in) thick laminated polycarbonate front door, e
l
a
polycarbonate side windows, and polycarbonate rear s
e
window [Figure 5]. 5]. 1 R
r
o
f
Polycarbonate top window (standard item) must be t
installed as part of the Forestry Door And Window Kit to o
N
restrict material from entering cab openings. -
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
P100984 e
D
• Insp
Inspec
ectt both
both emeemerg rgen
ency
cy exi
exitt leve
levers
rs (It
(Item
em 11))
[Figure 6],
6], linkages, and hardware for loose or
damaged parts.
• Repa
Repair
ir or re
repl
plac
acee iiff nec
neces
essa
sary
ry..

11 of 212

SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 . 11

Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
. 11
Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Avoid
Avoid Silica Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
. 13
FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 . 13

Maintenance
Maintenan ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. 13
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. 13
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
. 13
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 . 14
Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
. 14
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
. 14
Spark Arrester Exhaust
Exhaust SystemSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 . 14
Welding
Weldi ng And Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 . 14
Fire Extinguishers
Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 . 14
PUBLICATIONS
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
e
l
a
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16
16 s
e
Pictorial Only Safety
Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..18
18 R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D

12 of 212

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS • An Oper

Operato
ator’s
r’s Handbo
Handbook ok is fast
fastene
enedd to the operat
operator
or
cab of the loader. It’s brief instructions are convenient
Before Operation to the operator. The handbook is available from your
dealer in an English edition or one of many other
Carefully follow the operating and maintenance languages. See your Bobcat dealer for more
instructions in this manual. information on translated versions.
The Bobcat loader is highly maneuverable and compact. • The AEM Safety
Safety Manual
Manual deliver
delivered
ed wit
withh tthe
he machine
machine
It is rugged and useful under a wide variety of conditions. gives general safety information.
This presents an operator with hazards associated with
off highway, rough terrain applications, common with • The Skid-S
Skid-Stee
teerr Load
Loader
er Operat
Operating
ing Trainin
Trainingg Cours
Coursee is
available through your Bobcat dealer. This course is
Bobcat loader usage. intended to provide rules and practices of correct
The Bobcat loader has an internal combustion engine operation of the Bobcat loader. The course is
with resultant heat and exhaust. All exhaust gases can available in English and Spanish versions.
kill or cause illness so use the loader with adequate
ventilation. • Servic
Servicee Safe
Safety
ty Trainin
Trainingg Cour
Courses
ses are availab
available
le from
from
your Bobcat dealer. They provide information for safe
The dealer explains the capabilities and restrictions of and correct service procedures.
the Bobcat loader and attachment for each application.
• Se
Seee the
the PUBL
PUBLICICAT
ATIO
IONS
NS ANDAND TRA TRAINININ
INGG
The dealer demonstrates the safe operation according to
RESOURCES Page in this manual or your Bobcat
Bobcat instructional materials, which are also available to
dealer for Service and Parts Manuals, printed
operators. The dealer can also identify unsafe
materials, videos, or training courses available. Also
modifications or use of unapproved attachments. The
check the Bobcat websites Bobcat.com/training
Bobcat.com/training or l
e
attachments and buckets are designed for a Rated a
Bobcat.com s
Operating Capacity (some have restricted lift heights). e
They are designed for secure fastening to the Bobcat The dealer and owner / operator review the r R
loader. The user must check with the dealer, or Bobcat recommended uses of the product when delivered. If the f
recommended o
literature, to determine safe loads of materials of t
owner / operator will be using the machine for a different o
specified densities for the machine - attachment application(s) he or she must ask the dealer for N
combination. recommendations on the new use. -
-
y
The following publications and training materials provide p
o
in formation on the safe use and maintenance of the
information C
r
Bobcat machine and attachments: e
l
a
e
• The Deliver
Deliveryy Repo
Report
rt is used
used to
to assu
assure
re that
that ccomp
omplet
letee D
instructions have been given to the new owner and
that the machine and attachment is in safe operating
condition.
• The Operat
Operation
ion & Main
Maintentenanc
ancee MManu
anual
al delive
delivered
red wit
withh
the machine or attachment gives operating
information as well as routine maintenance and
service procedures. It is a part of the machine and can
be stored in a container provided on the machine.
Replacement Operation & Maintenance Manuals can
Call Before You Dig
be ordered from your Bobcat dealer. Dial 811 (USA Only)
• Machine
Machine signs
signs (deca
(decals)
ls) instruc
instructt on the safe
safe opera
operatio
tionn 1-888-258-0808 (USA & Canada)
and care of your Bobcat machine or attachment. The
signs and their locations are shown in the Operation When you call, you will be directed to a location in your
& Maintenance Manual. Replacement signs are state / province, or city for information about buried lines
available from your Bobcat dealer. (telephone, cable TV, water, sewer, gas, etc.).
SI SSL-1016

13 of 212

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator

Safe Operation Is The Operator’s
O perator’s Responsibility For an operator to be qualified, he or she must not use
drugs or alcoholic drinks which impair alertness or
coordination while working. An operator who is taking
Safety Alert Symbol
prescription drugs must get medical advice to determine
if he or she can safely operate a machine.
This symbol with a warning statement means:
“Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!” A Qualified Operator Must Do The Following:
Carefully read the message that follows. Understand the Written Instructions, Rules and
Regulations
 The
The wrwrit
itte
ten
n in
inst
stru
ruct
ction
ions
s fr
from
om B
Bob
obca
catt Co
Comp
mpan
any
y
include the Delivery Report, Operation &
WARNING Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook, Safety

Manual and machine signs (decals).
• Che
Check ck tthe
he rul
rules
es and reg
regulat
ulation
ions
s at your
your locat
location.
ion. The
Operator must have instructions before operating the rules may include an employer’s work safety
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or requirements. Regulations may apply to local driving
death. requirements or use of a Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV)
W-2001-1285 emblem. Regulations may identify a hazard such as a
utility line.
Have Training
Training with Actual Operation
• Ope
Operat
rator
or trainin
training
g must
must con
consist
sist of a de
demon
monstr
strati
ation
on a
and
nd
IMPORTANT verbal instruction. This training is given by your

Bobcat dealer before the product is delivered. e
l
a
• The
The ne
neww op
oper
erat
ator
or m
mus
ustt st
star
artt in an aare
reaa wi
with
thou
outt s
e
This notice identifies procedures which must be bystanders and use all the controls until he or she can R
followed to avoid damage to the machine. operate the machine and attachment safely under all r
o
f
I-2019-0284 conditions of the work area. Always fasten seat belt t
before operating. o
N
• Ope
Operat
rator
or Traini
Training
ng Course
Courses
s aare
re ava
availab
ilable
le from
from y
your
our -
-
Bobcat dealer in English and Spanish. They provide y
p
information for safe and efficient equipment o
DANGER operation. Safety videos are also available. C
r
e
l
• Ser
Servic
vice
e S
Safe
afety
ty Tra
Trainin
ining
g Cours
Courses
es are ava
availab
ilable
le from
from a
The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the your Bobcat dealer. They provide information for safe e
D
manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not and correct service procedures.
avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Know the Work Conditions
D-1002-1107
• Kn
Know
ow tthe
he w
weig
eight
ht o
off th
the
e ma
mate
teri
rials
als being
being hand
handled
led..
Avoid
(ROC) ofexceeding the Material
the machine. Rated Operating Capacity
which is very dense
will be heavier than the same volume of less dense
WARNING material. Reduce the size of the load if handling
dense material.
• The operat
operator
or must
must k
know
now any prohib
prohibite
ited
duuses
ses or wor
work
k
The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the areas, for example, he or she needs to know about
manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation excessive slopes.
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
• Kno
Know w tthe
he lloca
ocatio
tion
nooff an
any
y un
under
dergro
ground
und lines.
lines. Call loca
locall
injury. utilities or the TOLL FREE phone number found in the
W-2044-1107
Before Operation section of this manual.
• Wea
Wearr tight
tight fittin
fitting
g cl
cloth
othing.
ing. Alwa
Always
ys wear
wear saf
safety
ety glas
glasses
ses
The Bobcat loader and attachment must be in good when doing maintenance or service. Safety glasses,
operating condition before use. respiratory equipment, hearing protection or Special
Check all of the items on the Bobcat Service Schedule Applications Kits are required for some work. See
Decal under the 8-10 hour column or as shown in the your Bobcat dealer about Bobcat safety equipment
for your model.
Operation & Maintenance Manual.
SI SSL-1016

14 of 212

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) FIRE PREVENTION

Avoid Silica Dust
Maintenance
The machine and some attachments have components
that are at high temperatures under normal operating
conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is
the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if
Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of
containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust. arcs or sparks.
Do not exceed Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) to
silica dust as determined by OSHA or other job site Rules Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed
and Regulations. Use a respirator, water spray or other regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it
means to control dust. Silica dust can cause lung disease can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this
and is known to the state of California to cause cancer. accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine
compartment is a potential fire hazard.
The operator’s area, engine compartment and engine

cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned l
e
if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating. a
s
e
coolant mixtures are R
All fuels, most lubricants and some coolant r
o
flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled f
t
onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can o
cause a fire. N
-
-
y
Operation p
o
C
Do not use the machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or r
e
hot components can contact flammable material, l a
explosive dust or gases. e
D
Electrical
Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage.

Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or
replace any damaged part or wires that are loose or
frayed.
Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use

the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual
for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not
jump start
star t or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep
any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not
smoke in battery charging area.
SI SSL-1016

15 of 212

FIRE PREVENTION (CONT’D) Welding And Grinding

Hydraulic System Always clean the machine and attachment, disconnect
the battery, and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat
Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery
and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher
for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly near the machine when welding.
routed and have adequate support and secure clamps.
Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage. Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted
parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts.
Always clean fluid spills. Do not use gasoline or diesel Toxic dust or gas can be produced.
fuel for cleaning parts. Use commercial nonflammable
solvents. Dust generated from repairing nonmetallic parts such as
hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive.
Fueling Repair such components in a well ventilated area away
from open flames or sparks.
Fire Extinguishers
Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No

smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or e
sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors. l
a
s
e
Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) poses a greater static R
r
ignition hazard than earlier diesel formulations with o
f
higher Sulfur content. Avoid death or serious injury from t
o
fire or explosion. Consult with your fuel or fuel system Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are N
supplier to ensure the delivery system is in compliance located
located and how to use them. Inspect the fire -
-
with fueling standards for proper grounding and bonding extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly. y
p
practices. Obey the recommendations on the instructions plate. o
C
r
Starting e
l
a
e
Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has D
glow plugs or air intake heater. These starting aids can
cause explosion and injure you or bystanders.
Use theforprocedure
Manual connectinginthethe Operation
battery and for&jump
Maintenance
starting.
Spark Arrester Exhaust System

The spark arrester exhaust system is designed to control
the emission of hot particles
par ticles from the engine and exhaust
system, but the muffler and the exhaust gases are still
hot.
Check the spark arrester exhaust system regularly to

make sure it is maintained and working properly. Use the
procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for
cleaning the spark arrester muffler (if equipped).
Sl SSL-1016

16 of 212

PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES

The following publications are also available for your For the latest information on Bobcat products and the
Bobcat loader. You can order them from your Bobcat Bobcat Company, visit our website at Bobcat.com/
dealer. training or
training or Bobcat.com
OPERATION &
OPERATION
OPERATOR’S
MAINTENANCE
HANDBOOK
MANUAL
6989665enUS 6987174enUS
Complete instructions on the correct operation and the Gives basic operation instructions and safety warnings.
routine maintenance of your Bobcat loader.
SAFETY MANUAL OPERATOR SAFETY

DVD
6556500 (English and e
l
Spanish)
6904762 (English and a
s
Spanish) e
R
r
o
f
t
o
Gives basic safety procedures and warnings for your DVD gives basic safety instructions for many Bobcat N
-
Bobcat loader. products including loaders. -
y
p
o
C
r
SKID-STEER LOADER e
SKID-STEER LOADER l
OPERATOR
OPERAT OR TRAINING a
SERVICE SAFETY e
COURSE D
TRAINING COURSE
7249275 (English)
6900641
7249278 (Spanish)
Introduces operator to step-by-step basics of skid-steer Introduces service technicians to step-by-step basics of
loader operation. proper and safe skid-steer loader maintenance and
servicing procedures.
LOADER SAFETY
VIDEO
SERVICE MANUAL
(Mobile device with
6989666enUS quick response code
application required)
Complete maintenance instructions for your Bobcat Scan the code above to watch the loader safety video or
loader. view at Bobcat.com/training

17 of 212

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS)

Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine sig
signs
ns and
be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.
7167994 SJC
Standard and ACS 7168142
7168140 Standard
and ACS 7177742
7168138
6987174enUS
Door
7168025
SJC 7223425
Standard and ACS SJC SJC SJC (Inside Fuse Access
7168136 7168144 7168023 7168024 7168114
Panel) (Left Foot Area)
Standard and ACS

6737189 7168272
3-Point Restraint
1 7184346 7183746
Door Gas Door Gas
Spring Spring
Inside Cab 7170360 7169291 Rear Window with Latches
7167991
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
Single-Point Lift o
6533898 (2) C
7167993 r
e
l
a
e
D
6561383
(Behind Bob-Tach) Single-Point Lift
7142141 (2)
Single-Point Lift
7168021 (2)
7167990
Four-Point Lift Four-Point Lift

7167996 7168019
Lift Kit Options
7167996 7168031
7167989
NA5798

18 of 212

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs
S igns (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and
be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.
7169291
3
7169699
6565990 2
On Gas Spring 7169877

6708929
Under Rear Grille
7167988 (2)
e
l
a
s
e
4 7170355 (4) R
(On Hose and Tubeline) r
o
f
Under Cab t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
7169710 e
l
a
e
D
6706558
6727595 (5)
7242070
Inside Rear Door 7152748
NA5799

19 of 212

Pictorial Only Safety Signs
Safety signs are used to alert the equipment operator or NOTE:: See tthe
NOTE he numbe
numberedred MACHINE SIGNS
maintenance person to hazards that may be encountered (DECALS) on Page 16 16 and MACHINE SIGNS
in the use and maintenance of the equipment. The (DECALS) (CONT’D) on Page 17 17 for the
location and description of the safety signs are detailed in machine location of each correspondingly
this section. Please become familiarized with all safety numbered pictorial only decal.
signs installed on the machine / attachment.
1. Hig
High
h Ra
Rang
nge
e Spee
Speeds
ds ((71
7184
8434
346)
6)
Vertical Configuration This safety sign is located in the operator cab on loaders
equipped with a seat belt with 3-point restraint.
HAZARD
PANEL
AVOIDANCE e
l
a
PANEL s
e
R
WARNING
HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS
r
o
f
t
CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH o
N
Horizontal Configuration Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when -
-
operating at high range speeds. y
W-2754-0908 p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PANEL PANEL
The format consists of the hazard panel(s) and the

avoidance panel(s):
Hazard panels depict a potential hazard enclosed in a

safety alert triangle.
Avoidance panels depict actions required to avoid the

hazards.
A safety sign may contain more than one hazard panel

and more than one avoidance panel.

20 of 212

Pictorial Only Safety Signs (Cont’d)
2. Ho
Hott Pre
Press
ssur
uriz
ized
ed Fl
Fluid
uid (71
(7169
6969
699)
9) 4. Lift
Lift A
Arm
rm C
Cru
rush
shing
ing (7
(7170
17035
355)
5)
This safety sign is located on the engine coolant tank cap. This safety sign is located on certain hoses or tubelines
inside the loader frame underneath the operator cab.
DANGER
AVOID DEATH
WARNING • Dis
Disco
conn
nnec
ecti
ting
ng hyd
hydra
raul
ulic
ic line
arms or attachment to drop.
liness can
can cau
cause
se the
the lift
lift
e
l
a
• Alw
Always
ays use an appro
approved
ved lift arm sup
support
port whe
when
n lift s
lift e
HOT PRESSURIZED FLUID CAN CAUSE arms are in a raised position. R
SERIOUS BURNS D-1008-0409 r
o
f
• Never o
op
pen ho
hot.
t
• OPEN SLOWLY. o
W-2755-0908 N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
3. Hig
High
h Pr
Pres
essu
sure
re G
Gas
as (71
(7169
6929
291)
1) e
l
a
e
This safety sign is located on the gas spring component(s) D
supporting the cab and on the front door option.
WARNING
HIGH PRESSURE GAS CAN RELEASE ROD AND
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
DEATH
• Do no
not o
op
pen cy
cyli
lin
nder.
• See
See Se
Servi
rvice
ce Man
Manuauall ffor
or mor
more
e info
inform
rmat
atio
ion.
n.
W-2756-0908

21 of 212

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
INTENDED USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
INSTRUMENT PANELPANEL IDENT IDENTIFICA IFICATIONTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

Overview
Overvie w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
. 25
Left Panel
Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
. 26
Displayy Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Displa . 28
Right Panel (Standard Key Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
(KeylessInstrumentation
Right Panel (Deluxe Start Panel) on
Instrumentati . . .Panel)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..30
30
31
Left Switch Panel
Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 . 33
Right Switch Panel
Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 . 33
Left Side Lower
Lower P Panel
anel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 . 34
Right Side Lower
Lower P Panel
anel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 . 34
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..35
35
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION
IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..37 37
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
. 37
Standard Controls
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37. 37
Advanced
Advan ced Control Sy System
stem (AC (ACS) S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 38 e
l
a
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 s
e
R
r
OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
OPERATOR . 40 o
f
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
. 40 t
o
Side Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 . 40 N
-
Door Operation
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 . 40 -
y
Front
Front Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
. 41 p
o
Cab Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..41
41 C
r
e
l
a
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM ((BICS™)
BOBCAT BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 e
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
. 42 D
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
. 42
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..43

SEAT 43
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
. 43
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
. 43
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 . 44

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
. 44
TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE

OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
. 44
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
. 44
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..45 45

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
. 45

22 of 212

LIFT ARM BYPASS

BYPASS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..45 45
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Operationn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Operatio
EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Rear Window
Window Identifica
Identification
tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..46
46
Rear Window
Window Remov
Removal al (Latche
(Latches) s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..4646
Rear Window
Window Remov
Removal al (Rubbe
(Rubberr Cord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..46 46
External Access (Rear
(Rear Windo
Window w With Latche
Latches) s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
External Access
Frontt Door
Fron . . . . .(Rear
(Rear
. . . . .Windo
Window
. . . . .w. .With
. . . .Rubbe
Rubber
. . . . .r. Cord)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Operationn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Operatio
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..50 50

Available Control Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Operationn (Standard And ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Operatio
Operationn (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Contr
Operatio Controlol Pattern
Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Operationn (SJC) In ‘H’ Contro
Operatio Controll Pattern
Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..5252 e
l
a
s
e
STOPPING THE LOADER
LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
. 53 R
r
Using The Control Levers Or Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..53 53 o
f
t
o
TWO-SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 . 53 N
-
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 -
y
Operationn (Standard And ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Operatio p
o
Operationn (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Operatio C
r
e
l
a
SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 e
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 D
Operationn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Operatio
Changing The
The FaFactory
ctory Default
Default Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..56 56
DRIVE RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Operationn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Operatio
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..59 59
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Operationn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Operatio
LIFT AND TIL

T ILT
T COMPEN
COMPENSA SATION
TION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..61 61
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Operationn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Operatio
Operationn (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Operatio
Operationn (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Operatio

23 of 212

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

HYDRAULIC . 64
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
. 64
Standard Controls And Advanced Control System (ACS) In FOOT FOOT Pedal Mode . . . . . . . .64
Advanced Control System (ACS) In HAND Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Hydraulic Bucket
Bucket P Positioning
ositioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Automatic
Automa tic Ride Contr
Control ol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
. 67
Reversing Fan
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
. 68
FRONT Auxiliary
Auxi liary Hydraulics
Auxiliary Operation
Hydraulics Operat
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FLO
ion (CONTINUOUS . . . W)
FLOW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..70
69
70
FRONT Auxiliary
Auxiliary Hydraulics
Hydraulics Operat
Operation ion (REVERSE CONTINUOUS FLO FLOW) W) . . . . . . . . . . ..70 70
REAR Auxiliary
Auxiliary Hydraulics Op Operation
eration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Quick Couplers
Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
. 72
Relieve Auxiliar
Auxiliaryy Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
ATT
TTACHMENT
ACHMENT CONT
CONTROL ROL DEVICE (ACD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
. 74
DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Daily Inspection
Inspection And Mai
Maintenance
ntenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..75 75 e
l
a
s
e
PRE-STARTING PROCEDU
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE RE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..77 77 R
r
Entering The Loader
Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 . 77 o
f
Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s Operator’s Handbook Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 t
o
Seat Adjustment
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 . 78 N
-
Seat Belt Adjustment
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 . 80 -
y
Seat Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
. 81 p
o
Joystick Position Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 C
r
e
l
a
STARTING
STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 e
Standard Key Panel
Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 D
Keyless Start Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Deluxee Instrumenta
Delux Instrumentation
tion PPanel
anel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..8686
Warming The Hydraulic
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic
Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Cold Temperat
Temperature
ure Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..88 88
MONITORING THE
TH E DISPLAY P PANELS
ANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Left Panel
Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
. 89
Warning And Shutdown
Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..89 89
STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING LEAVING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
. 90
COUNTERWEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 . 91
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
. 91
Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
When Too Consider
To
When To
T Consider Removing
Using Counterweights
Counterwei . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..91
Counterweights
ghts . 91
91
Accessories That Affect Machine Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

24 of 212

ATT
TTACHMENTS
ACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Choosing TheThe Correct Bucket Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..92 92
Pallett Fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Palle
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Installing And Removing The Attachment Attachme nt (Po (Power
wer Bob-T
Bob-Tach)ach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 . 96
OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

OPERATING . 99
Inspect The Work
Work Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
. 99
Basic Operating
Operating Instru
Instructions
ctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
. 99
Driving On
Operatin
Operating Public
Public
g With Roads
A Full .ket
Buc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..100
Bucket . 99
100
Operatingg With An Empty Buc
Operatin Bucket
ket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
TOWING
TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..101 101
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
LIFTING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 . 101

Single-Point
Single-Point Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Four-Poin
Four-Pointt Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
TRANSPORTING THE LOADER

LOADER ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 e
l
a
Loading And Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 s
e
Fastening
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D

25 of 212

INTENDED USE
This machine is classified as a Skid-Steer Loader as
defined in ISO 6165. This machine has wheels or tracks
and commonly a front mounted bucket for the principle
intended functions of digging, moving, leveling, lifting,
WARNING
carrying, and loading loose materials such as earth,
gravel, or crushed rock. Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not
exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on
Additional Bobcat approved attachments allow this sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can
machine to perform other tasks described in the cause the machine to tip or rollover and cause injury
or death.
attachment Operation & Maintenance Manuals. W-2056-1112
Examples of intended use include:
Digging Backfilling
WARNING
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that
can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip
forward and cause injury or death.
W-2057-0694 e
l
NA1139 NA1136 a
s
e
R
r
o
f
Leveling Piling Material
t
o
IMPORTANT N
-
-
y
p
o
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift C
arms is in float position. r
e
l
I-2005-1285
a
e
D
NA1141A NA9998
Loadi
din
ng Ma
Material Moving Pa
Palletized
zed L
Lo
oads
NA1133 NA9997

26 of 212

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION

I DENTIFICATION
Overview
Figure 7 Figure 9
1 2
P-90668E P127108A
The left panel [Figure 7]

7] is described in more detail. The left (Item 1) and right (Item 2) [Figure 9]
9] switch
(See Left Panel on Page 26.) panels are described in more detail. (See Left Switch
Switch
Panel on Page 33.) and
33.) and (See Right Switch Panel on Page e
Page l
a
Figure 8 33.) s
e
R
Standard Key Keyless St
Start Deluxe In
Instrumentation Figure 10 r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
P-90212J D
P-85285 P-90819H
P-85282A
The right panel [Figure 8]

8] is described in more detail.
Right Panel
(See Right Panel (Keyless
(Standard KeyPanel)
Start Panel)onon Page
Page 30.)29.),
29.)
30.),, or,
(See Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) on on
Page 31.)
P-85267D
The left and right side lower panels [Figure 10]

10] are
described in more detail. (See Left Side Lower Panel on
on
Page 34.) and
34.) and (See Right Side Lower Panel on Page 34.)

27 of 212


IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)
(CONT’D )
Left Panel
Figure 11
2 3 12
13
1 4 7 14 18
6 8 9 10 11 16
5 15 17
19 22
20 21
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
23 24 o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
25
P-90726K
The left panel [Figure 11] is

11] is the same for all machines regardless of options and accessories.
REF. NO. DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION

1 ENG
ENGINE
INE TEM
TEMPE
PER
RATURE
TURE GAUGE
UGE Shoows the engi
Sh enginene coo
oola
lant
nt tempe
emperratur
aturee.
2 LEFT TURN SIGNAL (Option) Indicates left turn signals are ON.
3 GENERAL WARNING Malfunction with one or more machine functions. (See Service Codes*)
4 TWO-SPEED (Option) High range selected.
5 ENGINE MALFUNCTION Engine malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
6 ENGI
ENGINE
NE COOL
COOLANT
ANT TEM
TEMPE
PERA
RATU
TURE
RE En
Engin
ginee coola
coolant
nt ttem
empe
pera
ratu
ture
re hig
highh or sens
sensor
or err
error
or..
7 DISPLAY SCREEN Displays information. (See Display Screen in this manual.)
8 SEAT BELT Instructs operator to fasten seat belt. Remains lit for 45 seconds.
9 SEAT BAR The light is on when the seat bar is UP.
10 LIFT AND TILT VALVE The light is on when the lift and tilt functions cannot be operated.
11 PARKING BRAKE The light is on when the loader cannot be driven.

28 of 212

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Panel (Cont’
(Cont ’d)

12 RIGHT TUTURN SI
SIGNAL ((O
Option) Indicates riright tu
turn si
signals ar
are ON
ON.
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
13 (DPF) / DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID Not used.
(DEF)
Instructs operator to fasten shoulder belt when operating in high range.
14 SHOU
HOULDER BE
BELT ((O
Option)
Remains lit while in high range.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
15 Hydraulic system malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
MALFUNCTION
16 FUEL Fuel level low or sensor error.
17 DIES
DIESEL
EL EXHA
EXHAUS
UST
T FLU
FLUID
ID (DEF)
DEF) / Not used.
AdBlue® LEVEL
18 FUEL GAUGE Shows the amount of fuel in the tank.
Press once for FRONT work lights and REAR taillights. (Left green
LED lights.) Press a second time to add REAR work lights. (Left and
LIGHTS
19 right green LEDs light.) Press a third time to turn all lights off. (Left and
right green LEDs off.)
Press and hold 5 seconds to display software version in display screen. e
l
a
AUTO IDLE Not used. s
e
20 Move cursor to the left inside the DISPLAY SCREEN when using R
r
certain INFORMATION
INFORMATION button menus. o
f
Press once to activate the auxiliary hydraulic system. (Left green LED t
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS o
lights.) Press a second time to deactivate the system. N
21 -
-
Move cursor to the right inside the DISPLAY SCREEN when using y
certain INFORMATION
INFORMATION button menus. p
o
Cycles through (after each button press): C
r
• Hour
Hourm meter
eter (On star
startu
tup)
p) e
l
• Engine rpm a
e
• Battery voltage D
22 INFORMATION • Drive response menu
• St Stee
eeri
ring
ng drif
driftt co
comp
mpen
ensa
satition
on menu
menu
• Mainte
Maintenan
nance
ce clock
clock (Press
(Press aandnd hold
hold 7 seco
seconds
nds when
when disp
display
layed
ed to
to
reset the maintenance clock.)
• Service codes*
Functions only when the seat bar is raised and the engine is running.
Press once to unlock the brakes. Allows you to use the steering levers
23 TRACTION LO
LOCK OV
OVERRI
RRIDE or joystick(s) to move the loader forward or backward when using the
backhoe attachment. (See TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE in this
manual.) Press a second time to lock the brakes.
Press to activate the BICS™ when the seat bar is down and operator is
24 PRES
PRESS
S TO OPERA
PERAT
TE LOAD
LOADER
ER
seated in operating position. Button will light.
PARKING BRAKE (Standard on all Press the top to engage the Parking Brake. Press the bottom to
25
loaders) disengage. (See PARKING
PARKING BRAKE in i n this manual.)
* This manual contains a table with Service Code descriptions. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 167.)

29 of 212

(CONT’D )
Display Screen
The display screen can display the following information:
• Operating hours
• Engine rpm
• Battery vvooltage
• Dr
Driv
ivee resp
respon
onse se set
setting
ting
• St
Stee
eeriring
ng drif
driftt com
compe
pens
nsat
ation
ion sett
settin
ingg
•• Main
Ma
Serinte
vitena
cenanc
cnce
odeescloc
clockk coun
countdtdow
ownn
• En
Engi
gine
ne pr
preehe
heat
at coun
counttdo
downwn
• Sp
Spee
eedd man
manaage gemmen
entt set
settting
ing
• Lift
Lift and tilt
tilt co
comp
mpenensa
satition
on sett
setting
ing
Figure 12
e
l
2 a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
4 7 p
3 5 6 o
C
NA3071 r
e
l
a
e
The display screen is shown in [Figure 12].12]. The data D
display will show operating hours upon startup.
star tup.
1. Data Dis
isp
pla
layy
2. Hourmeter
3. Spee
Speed
d Mana
Manage
geme
ment
nt
4. Engi
Engine
ne Preh
Prehea
eatt
5. Engine RPM
6. Batte
Battery
ry / Cha
Charg
rgin
ing
gVVol
oltag
tagee
7. Service

30 of 212

Right Panel (Standard Key Panel)
Figure 13 The switch location (Item 2) [Figure 13] 13] can have
different functions depending on machine configuration.
See the following table for more information.
REF. FUNCTION /
DESCRIPTION
NO. OPERATION
Press the top to

ADVANCED
select Hand
CONTROL SYSTEM
Controls; bottom to
(ACS) (Option)
select Foot Controls.
1 Press the top to

SELECTABLE
select ‘ISO’ Control
JOYSTICK
Pattern; bottom to
CONTROLS (SJC) e
l
select ‘H’ Control a
(Option) s
Pattern. e
R
r
o
f
t
o
2 N
-
-
FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn y
FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to p
o
(Option) turn OFF. C
P-85285 r
e
l
a
e
This machine may be equipped with a Standard Key D
Panel [Figure 13].
13].
ROTATING BEACON
The Standard Key Panel has a key switch (Item 1) (Option) Press the top to turn
[Figure
and 13] used
13] used
off, and to and
to start turnstop
the loaders electrical system on
the engine. or light ON; bottom to
STROBE LIGHT turn OFF.
(Option)

31 of 212

(CONT’D )
Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel)
Figure 14 The switch location (Item 5) [Figure 14] 14] can have
REF. FUNCTION /
DESCRIPTION
NO. OPERATION
1
Press the top to

ADVANCED
select Hand
CONTROL SYSTEM
Controls; bottom to
2 3 (ACS) (Option)
Press the top to

SELECTABLE
4 select ‘ISO’ Control
JOYSTICK
Pattern; bottom to
CONTROLS (SJC) e
l
select ‘H’ Control a
(Option) s
Pattern. e
R
r
o
f
t
o
5 N
-
-
FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn y
FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to p
o
(Option) turn OFF. C
P-90819H r
e
l
a
e
This machine may be equipped with a Keyless Start D
Panel [Figure 14].
14].
ROTATING BEACON
1. Keypad (keys 1 through 0): Used
0): Used to enter a number (Option) Press the top to turn
code (password)
asterisk to the
will show in allow
left starting the engine.
panel display screen An
for or light ON; bottom to
each key press. (Option)
2. LOCK Key: Used
Key: Used to lock keypad. The lock key will
display a red light to indicate a password is required
to start the loader. (See Password Lockout Feature
Feature
on Page 177.)
3. UNLOCK Key: Key: Used to unlock keypad. The unlock

key will display a green light to indicate the loader can
be started without a password. (See Password Password
Lockout Feature on Page 177.)
4. Key Switch:
Switch: Used to turn the loaders electrical
system on and off, and to start and stop the engine.

32 of 212

Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel)
Figure 15 5. Key Switch:

Switch: Used to turn the loaders electrical
system on and off, and to start and stop the engine.
The switch location (Item 6) [Figure 15] 15] can have

1
2
REF. DESCRIPTION FUNCTION /
NO. OPERATION
3
Press the top to

ADVANCED
select Hand
CONTROL SYSTEM
Controls; bottom to
4 (ACS) (Option)
5
e
l
Press the top to a
SELECTABLE s
select ‘ISO’ Control e
JOYSTICK Pattern; bottom to R
CONTROLS (SJC) r
select ‘H’ Control o
(Option) f
Pattern. t
6 o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
P-90212J FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn r
e
l
FLASHER LIGHTS lights ON; bottom to a
(Option) turn OFF. e
This machine may be equipped with a Deluxe D
Instrumentation Panel [Figure 15].
15].
1. Keypad (keys 1 through 0):

0): The keypad has two
functions:
ROTATING BEACON
- To enter a number code (password) to allow starting (Option) Press the top to turn
the engine. or light ON; bottom to
light
- To enter a number as directed for further use of
o f the (Option)
display screen.
2. Display Screen:
Screen: The display screen is where all
system setup, monitoring, and error conditions are
displayed.
3. Scroll Buttons: Used
Buttons: Used to scroll through display screen
choices.
4. ENTER Button:
Button: Used to make selections on the
display screen.

33 of 212

(CONT’D )
Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d)
Figure 16 Change Language:
Press the left or right scroll button to cycle through the

languages. The language that is stopped on becomes
the default language used for the Deluxe Instrumentation
Panel [Figure 16].
16].
The language
CONTROL canSETUP
PANEL
PANEL be changed at any time. (See
on Page 174.) (See
Enter The Password:

Password:
Use the numbers on the keypad to enter the password,

then press the [ENTER]
[ENTER] button.
button. A symbol will appear on
the display screen for each number entered. The left
NA3187 scroll button can be used to backspace if an incorrect
number is entered.
The first screen you will see on your new loader is shown If the correct password is not entered, [INVALID
in [Figure 16].
16]. PASSWORD TRY AGAIN]
AGAIN] will appear on the display
e
l
screen and the password will have to be reentered. a
When this screen is on the display you can enter the s
e
password and start the engine or change the default See CONTROL PANEL SETUP for further description of R
language. screens to set up the system for your use. (See
(See r
o
f
CONTROL PANEL
PANEL SETUP on Page 174.) t
NOTE: Your new
new loader (with Deluxe Instrumen
Instrumentation
tation o
N
Panel) will have an Owner Password. Your -
-
dealer will provide you with this password. y
Change the password to one that you will p
o
easily remember to prevent unauthorized use C
of your loader. (See Changing The Owner Owner r
e
l
Password on Page 178.) Keep
178.) Keep your password a
in a safe location for future needs. e
D

34 of 212

Left Switch Panel Right Switch Panel
Figure 17
1 1
2 2
3 3
e
l
4 a
s
e
R
r
o
f
5 t
o
N
NA3325 -
-
y
p
This machine may be equipped with a left switch panel NOTE: Earlier models diddid not have
have switch locations o
locations C
[Figure 17].
17]. four and five on the left switch panel. r
e
l
a
ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION This machine may be equipped with a right switch panel e
[Figure 17].
17]. D
FOUR-WAY
Press the top to turn lights
1 FLASHER
ON; bottom to turn OFF. ITEM DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
LIGHTS (Option)
ROTATING Press and hold the up arrow
BEACON (Option) to disengage the Bob-Tach
Bob-Tach
Press the top to turn light ON; POWER wedges. Press and hold the
2 OR
bottom to turn OFF. 1 BOB-TACH down arrow to engage the
STROBE LIGHT
(Option) (Option) Bob-Tach
Bob-T ach wedges into the
attachment mounting frame
HYDRAULIC holes.
Press the top to engage
BUCKET
3 Hydraulic Bucket Positioning; 2 NOT USED –––
POSITIONING
bottom to disengage.
(Option) Automatic Operation - middle
AUTOMATIC Press the top to engage REVERSING FAN position; Manual Operation -
3
4 RIDE CONTROL Automatic Ride Control; (Option) press top momentarily; press
(Option) bottom to disengage. bottom to disengage.
Press the top to turn lights
5 SIDE LIGHTING ON;

NOTEbottom
NOTE: Turnto turn
: Turn sideOFF.
side lightin
lighting
g
(Option)
OFF when driving
on public roads.

35 of 212

(CONT’D )
Left Side Lower Panel Right Side Lower Panel
Figure 18 Figure 19
1
2
3 3
1 2
4
4
P-85282A P-85267D
This machine may be equipped with a left side lower This machine may be equipped with a right side lower
panel [Figure 18].
18]. panel [Figure 19].
19].
e
l
a
REF. REF. s
e
NO. DESC
DESCRI
RIPT
PTIO
ION
N FUNC
FUNCTITION
ON / OPER
OPERAATI
TION
ON NO. DESCRI
DESC RIPT
PTIO
ION
N FUNC
FUNCTITION
ON / OPER
OPERA ATI
TION
ON R
r
Turn clockwise to increase POWER PORT Provides a 12 volt o
f
1 t
fan speed; (Option) receptacle for accessories. o
FAN MOTOR
1 counterclockwise to 2 RADIO (Option) See Radio in this manual. N
(Option) -
-
decrease. There are four
positions; OFF-1-2-3. Used to connect y
p
headphones to the optional o
2 NOT USED --- HEADPHONE JACK C
3 radio output. Automatically
(Option) r
Turn clockwise to increase silences speakers when e
l
TEMPERATURE the temperature; used. a
3 e
CONTROL (Option) counterclockwise to Right speaker used with D
decrease. 4 SPE
SPEAKER ((O
Optio
ionn)
optional radio.
Left speaker used with
4 SPEAKE
AKER (O
(Option)
optional radio.

36 of 212

Radio
This machine may be equipped with a radio.
Figure 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9 10
11 12
e
l
8 a
s
e
13 R
r
o
f
t
14 15 o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
17 D
16
NA3090
The table on the next page shows the DESCRIPTION and FUNCTION / OPERATION for each of the controls of the radio
[Figure 20].
20].
NOTE: See DISPLAY

DISPLAY in the table for clock
clock setting
setting instructions.
instructions.

37 of 212

(CONT’D )
Radio (Cont’
(Cont ’d)
REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
NO.
1 POWER Press to turn ON; press again to turn OFF.
2 MUTE Press to mute audio output; [MUTE]
[MUTE] will
will appear in display screen; press again to turn OFF.
OFF.
Press to toggle between function mode (showing tuner frequency,
frequency, auxiliary input, weather
band information, or timer) and clock mode.
3 DISPLAY Press and hold to enter clock setting mode; use FREQUENCY DOWN (TUN -) button to
adjust hours and FREQUENCY UP (TUN +) button to adjust minutes; normal operation
will resume automatically.
automatically.
4 BAND Press to select tuner mode. Press to cycle through 2 AM (MW) bands and 3 FM bands.
Press to select Auxiliary Input mode. Portable audio device (MP3 player) must be attached
5 AUXILIARY
to auxiliary input jack.
Press to select weather band; use FREQUENCY UP (TUN +) and FREQUENCY DOWN
(TUN -) buttons to adjust to the clearest station.
6 WEATHER BAND The weather alert feature, if activated, will automatically switch from the current function to
the weather band if a weather warning is received. See AUDIO / MENU ADJUSTMENT in
this table.
Press to access timer mode. Press to start the timer function; press again to stop timer; e
l
7 TIMER
press again to resume timer or press and hold to reset timer and exit from timer mode. a
s
e
8 DISPL
DISPLA
AY SCREE
SCREEN
N Di
Disp
spla
lays
ys the
the titime
me,, freq
freque
uenc
ncyy, and acactitivvated
ated func
functio
tions
ns.. R
9 VOLUM
LUME UP Adjust
Adju stss volum
olumee up;
up; cucurrrent
rent volum
olumee (0 - 40 40)) will
will ap
appe
pear
ar brie
brieffly in di
disspl
plaay sc
scre
reen
en.. r
o
f
AUDIO ADJUSTMENT: Press to cycle through bass, treble, and balance settings; use t
o
VOLUME UP (VOL +) and VOLUME DOWN (VOL -) buttons to adjust when desired option N
is displayed; normal operation will wi ll resume automatically. -
-
y
p
MENU ADJUSTMENT: Press and hold for 3 seconds to enter menu adjustment settings; o
press to cycle through the following settings; use VOLUME UP (VOL +) and VOLUME C
r
DOWN (VOL -) buttons to adjust when desired option is displayed; normal operation will e
l
AUDIO / MENU automatically.
resume automatically. a
10 e
ADJUSTMENT wil l sound with each button press.
• Beep Confirm (On or Off) - Determines if beep will D
• Operation Region (USA or Europe) - Selects the appropriate region.
• Clock Display (12 or 24) - Selects display.
S elects a 12-hour or 24-hour clock display.
• Display Brightness (Low, Medium, or High) - Determines brightness level of display
screen. Color (Amber or Green) - Determines backlight color of display screen.
• Backlight
• Power On Volume Sel ects default volume setting when radio is turned on.
Volume (0 - 40) - Selects
• WB Alert (On or Off) - Determines if weather band al alert
ert feature is activated.
11 FREQU
FREQUENCY
ENCY DOWN
DOWN Press
Press to to manua
manually
lly tune
tune thethe radio
radio freque
frequency
ncy down.
down.
12 FREQ
FREQUE
UENC
NCYY UP
UP Pres
Pr esss ttoo man
manua
uallllyy ttuune the radio
adio freq
freque
uenc
ncyy up
up.
13 VOLUM
OLUMEE DO
DOWN Adju
Adjust
stss vol
volum
umee dow
down; n; cu
curr
rren
entt vvolu
olume
me (0 - 40)
40) wil
willl aapp
ppea
earr brie
brieflflyy iinn dis
displ
play
ay sc
scre
reen
en..
SEEK FREQUENCY
14 Press to automatically tune frequency down to next strong station.
DOWN
SEEK FREQUENCY
15 Press to automatically tune frequency up to next strong station.
UP
Used to store and recall stations for each AM and FM band. Press and hold to store
16 PRES
PRESET
ET ST
STA
ATION
TIONS
S
current station; press button to recall station.
17 AUXILIARY
AUXILIARY INPUT Connect line output of portable audio device (MP3 player) to 3,5 mm (1/8 in) jack and
JACK press AUXILIARY button.

38 of 212
Description
This loader has three control configurations available

avai lable to operate lift / tilt functions and driving / steering the lloader:
oader:
• Standa
Standard
rd Contro
Controls
ls - Uses
Uses ffoot
oot pedals
pedals for lift and til
tiltt ffunc
unctions.
tions.
Uses steering levers for driving and steering the loader.
• Advanced
Advanced Control
Control System
System (ACS)
(ACS) (Optio
(Option)
n) - Uses a choice
choice of
of foot
foot pedals
pedals or
or handles
handles for
for lift functions.
lift and tilt functions.
Uses steering levers for driving and steering the loader.
• Selectable
Selectable Joystic
Joystickk Controls
Controls (SJC)
(SJC) (Option)
(Option) - Uses joysticks
joysticks for lift
lift / tilt funct
functions
ions and driving
driving / steering
steering the
the loader.
loader.
Standard Controls
Figure 21
1 2 3 10 11 12
5
6
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
7 8 -
-
13 y
9 p
4 o
NA3102 / NA1014A / NA3101 C
r
e
l
a
REF. NO. DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION e
D
Press the top to activate right signal; bottom to activate left
1 TURN SIGNALS (Option)
signal; center position to turn off.
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics
H ydraulics Operation in this manual.
2 Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
CONTROL
3 ATTA
TTACHM
CHMENT
ENT FUN
FUNCT
CTIION CON
CONTR
TRO
OL Seee ATT
Se ATTAACHM
CHMENTENT CO CONTR
NTROL DEV DEVIC
ICE
E iinn thi
thiss man
manuaual.l.
4 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
5 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
6 STEERING LEVERS See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER in this manual.
7 LIFT ARM PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
8 TILT PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
9 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
10 ATTA
TTACHME
CHMENT
NT FUNC
FUNCTI
TION
ON CONT
CONTRO
ROLL See
See ATT
ATTAACHME
CHMENT NT CONTCONTRO ROLL D DEV
EVIC
ICE
E in this
this manu
manualal..
11 FRONT AUAUXILIARY HY
HYDRAULI
ULICS See FR
FRONT Au Auxililiar
aryy Hy
Hydrauliliccs Op
Operation iinn th
this manual.
ual.
12 TWO-SPEED CONTROL (Option) See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS
13
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS FLOW) in this manual.

39 of 212
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Advanced Control System (ACS)
Figure 22
1 2 3 11 12 13
6
7
8 9
4 14
5 10
NA3100 / NA1164A / NA3101
REF. NO. DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION e

l
a
s
e
1 TURN SIGNALS (Option) Press the
signal; top to
center activate
position to right signal; bottom to activate left
turn off. R
r
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) H ydraulics Operation in this manual.
See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics o
f
t
2 Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual. o
CONTROL N
-
-
3 ATTA
TTACHM
CHMENT
ENT FUN
FUNCT
CTIION CON
CONTR
TROL
OL See AT
See ATTACHM
CHMENTENT COCONTR
NTROL DEV
DEVIC ICE
E iinn thi
thiss man
manuual
al.. y
p
4 FLOAT CONTROL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual. o
C
5 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn. r
e
l
6 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual. a
e
STEERING LEVERS and LIFT / TILT See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC D
7
HANDLES CONTROLS in this manual.
8 LIFT ARM PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
190 T
LIIFLTT P
AERD
MAB
LYPASS CONTROL Seeee LHIYFD
S T RAARUMLIBCYCPO
ASNSTRCO
OLNSTiRnOthLisinmthainsum
ala. nual.
11 ATTA
TTACHMECHMENTNT FU
FUNC
NCTI
TION
ON CONT
CONTRO
ROLL See
See ATTATTAACHME
CHMENT NT CONT
CONTROROLL DEVDEVICICE E iinn this
this manu
manual
al..
12 FRONT AU AUXILIARY HY
HYDRA
DRAULI
ULICS See FR FRONT Auxilia iary
ry Hydrauliliccs Op
Operation iinn th this manual.
13 TWO-SPEED CONTROL (Option) See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS
14

40 of 212
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)
Figure 23
1 2 3 4 5 13 14 15 16 17
8
9
10
7 19
11
18
6
12 NA3108 / NA1165A / NA3109

e
l
TWO-SPEED CONTROL (Option) See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual. a
1 s
Also: SPEED MANAGEMENT See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual. e
R
COMPENSATION
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION COMPENSATION in this manual.
See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION r
2* o
f
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual. t
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual. o
N
3 Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual. -
-
CONTROL y
p
COMPENSATION
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION COMPENSATION in this manual.
See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION o
4* C
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual. r
e
l
5 ATTA
TTACHM
CHMENT
ENT FUN
FUNCT
CTIO
ION
N CO
CONTR
NTROL Seee ATT
Se ATTA
ACHME
CHMENT NT CONT
CONTR ROL DEV
DEVIICE in ththis
is man
manual
al.. a
e
6 SPEED MANAGEMENT See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual. D
7 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
8 ENGINE SPSPEED CO
CONTROL (H
(HAND) See EN
ENGINE SPSPEED C COONTROL iinn th
this ma
manual.
9 JOYSTICKS See DRIVINGinAND

CONTROLS STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC
this manual.
10 FOOTRESTS Keep your feet on the footrests at all times.
11 ENGINE SPEE EEDD CONTROL (FOOT) See ENGI
NGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
12 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
13 ATTA
TTACHME
CHMENTNT FUNC
FUNCTI
TION
ON CONT
CONTRO ROLL See
See ATT
ATTA
ACHME
CHMENT NT CONT
CONTRROL DEVI DEVICE
CE in this
this manu
manualal..
14 * NOT USED ---
15 FRONT AUAUXIL
XILIARY HY
HYDRAULICS See FR
FRONT Aux
Auxililia
iary
ry Hydrauliliccs Op
Operation iinn th
this manual.
16 * NOT USED ---
Press the top to activate right signal; press again to turn off.
17 TURN SIGNALS (Option)
Press the bottom to activate left signal; press again to turn tur n off.
18 FLOAT CONTROL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
19 CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS
* Also used as Attachment Function Control: See your attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual.

41 of 212
OPERATOR CAB
Description Door Operation
The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and This machine may be equipped with a front door.
FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be Figure 25
worn for rollover protection.
WARNING
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding,
drilling holes or adding attachments unless
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to 2
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or
death.
W-2069-0200
P-90351A
P-90349A
Side Windows
Push the knob (Item 1) and pull the handle (Item 2) to e
l
This machine may be equipped with side
si de windows. a
open the front door. A lock is provided in the knob (Inset) s
Figure 24 [Figure 25] to
25] to lock the front door when the loader is not e
R
in use. r
o
f
t
Figure 26 o
N
-
-
1 y
p
o
1 C
r
e
l
a
e
D
P-85314A
Pull the knob (Item 1) [Figure 24] and

24] and slide backward to P-90684F
open window. Release knob at cutout to lock in desired
position. Pull the knob and slide forward to close window.
Pull the front door closed using the handle (Item 2)
[Figure 26].
26].
Pull the lever (Item 1) toward you to unlatch the front

door. Push on the handle (Item 2) [Figure 26]
26] to open
the front door.

42 of 212
OPERATOR
OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)
(CONT’D )
Front Wiper Cab Light
This machine may be equipped with a front wiper. This machine may be equipped with a cab light.
Figure 27 The cab light is located above the operator’s left

shoulder. More than one type can be found on this
machine. The operation of each
ea ch is explained below.
below.
Figure 29
1
1
P-90601A
NA3103
2
Press the left side of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 27]
27] to e
l
a
start the front wiper (press and hold for washer fluid). s
Press the right side of the switch to stop the wiper. e
P-85586A R
r
o
Figure 28 Push this side of the switch (Item 1) to turn the light ON. f
t
29] to turn o
Push this side of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 29] to
N
the light OFF. -
-
2 y
Figure 30 p
o
C
r
e
l
a
1 e
D
P-90350
The washer fluid tank is located to the left of the operator

seat. Check the fluid level in the sight gauge (Item 1). 1
P-85586C
Remove the cap (Item 2) [Figure 28] to
28] to add washer fluid.
Push either side of the lens (Item 1) [Figure 30] to

30] to turn
the light ON. Return the lens to the middle position to turn
the light OFF.

43 of 212
BOBCAT
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL
CO NTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)
Description Operation
Figure 32
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) must
deactivate
does the lift, tilt
not, contact anddealer
your traction
fordrive functions.
service. DO NOTIf it 1 2 3
modify the system.
W-2151-1111
Figure 31 NA3267
There are three display lights (Items 1, 2, and 3)

[Figure 32] located
32] located on the left instrument panel that must
be OFF to fully operate the machine.
When the seat bar is lowered, the engine is running, the

PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and e
l
a
the parking brake is released; the lift, tilt, auxiliary s
1 hydraulics, and traction drive functions can be operated. e
R
r
o
f
When the seat bar is raised; the lift, tilt, auxiliary t
hydraulics, and traction drive functions are deactivated. o
N
-
-
P-90674C y
p
The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) has a

WARNING o
C
r
e
l
pivoting seat bar with armrests (Item 1) [Figure 31].
31]. The a
operator controls the use of the seat bar. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH e
Before you leave the operator’s seat: D
• Lo
Lowe
werr the
the lift
lift arms
arms and
and put
put the
the attac
attachm
hmen
entt flat
flat on
the ground.
• Stop the engine.
WARNING
• Enga
Engage
• Rais
• Move
ge the
isee the
the par
parki
the seat bar.
Move all contcontro
king
ng bra
rols
brake.
ke.
ls to the NEUT
NEUTRAL
RAL / LOC
LOCKEDKED
When operating the machine: position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
• Keep
Keep the
the sea
seatt b
bel
eltt fas
faste
tene
ned
d ssnu
nugl
glyy. drive functions are deactivated.
• Th
Thee sea
seatt bar
bar must
must be lowe
lowere
red.
d.
• Keep
Keep you
yourr feet
feet on thethe ped
pedal
al cont
contro
rolsls or foo
footre
trest
stss The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
and hands on the controls. when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
W-2261-0909 service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110
The BICS™ requires the operator to be seated in the
operating position with the seat bar fully lowered before
the lift, tilt, auxiliary hydraulics, and traction drive
functions can be operated. The seat belt must be
fastened anytime you operate the machine.

44 of 212
SEAT
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Figure 33 When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions can be operated.
When the seat bar is raised; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions are deactivated and both foot pedals (if
equipped) are locked when returned to NEUTRAL
position.
WARNING
P-90674C Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lo
Lowe
werr the
the lift
lift arms
arms and
and put
put the
the atta
attach
chmen
mentt fl
flat
at on
on
The seat bar restraint system has a pivoting seat bar with the ground.
armrests (Item 1) [Figure 33].
33]. • Stop the engine.
• Enga
Engage ge the
the par
parki
king
ng bra
brake.
ke. e
l
• Raisisee the
the seat bar. a
The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat s
bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the • Move
Move all contr
controls
ols to the
the NEUT
NEUTRAL
RAL / LOCK
LOCKED e
ED R
seat. position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction r
drive functions are deactivated. o
f
t
o
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions N
WARNING service if controls do not deactivate.
-
when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for -
y
p
W-2463-1110 o
C
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH r
When operating the machine: e
l
a
• Keep
Keep the seat
seat be
belt
lt faste
fastene
ned
d snu
snugl
glyy. e
• Th
Thee sea
seatt bar
bar must
must be lowe
lowere
red.
d. D
• Keep
Keep you
yourr feet
feet on the
the ped
pedal
al cont
contro
rolsls or foo
footre
trest
stss
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909

45 of 212
PARKING BRAKE TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE

Operation Description
Figure 34 Figure 35
1
2 1
P-90681A P-90726M
Press the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 34] 34] to (Functions Only When The Seat Bar Is Raised And The
engage the parking brake. The red light in the switch will Engine Is Running) There is a TRACTION LOCK
turn on. The traction drive system is locked.
l ocked. OVERRIDE button (Item 1) [Figure 35] 35] on the left e
l
a
instrument panel that will allow
allow you to use the steering s
Move steering levers or joystick(s) slowly forward and controls to move the loader forward and backward when e
R
backward. The TRACTION lock must be engaged. See using the backhoe attachment. r
o
f
your Bobcat dealer for service if loader fails to stop. t
Operation o
N
Press the bottom of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 34] 34] to -
-
disengage the parking brake. The red light in the switch Press the TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button once to y
turn off. The traction drive system is unlocked.
will turn unlockk traction drive. The PARKING BRAKE light
unloc l ight (Item 2) p
o
[Figure 35] is
35] is OFF. C
NOTE: The PARKING
PARKING BRAKE lightlight on the left
left r
e
l
instrument panel will remain ON until the Press the button a second time to lock the traction drive. a
engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE The PARKING l ight (Item 2) [Figure 35] is
PARKING BRAKE light 35] is ON. e
D
LOADER button is pressed, and the parking
brake is disengaged. NOTE: The TRACTION
TRACTION LOCKLOCK OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE button
button will
will
unlock the traction drive when the seat bar is
raised and the engine is running.

NOTE: The TRACTION
TRACTION LOCKLOCK OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE button
button will
will
function if the parking brake is in the engaged
or disengaged position and the engine is
running. If the Parking Brake switch is turned
ON, the red light in the Parking Brake switch
will turn OFF when TRACTION LOCK
OVERRIDE is engaged.
46 of 212
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL

Operation Description
Figure 36 Figure 38
P-90525B NA3091 P100996
The engine speed control (Item 1) [Figure 36] is

36] is located The lift arm bypass control (Item 1) [Figure 38],38], located
alongside the door frame below the right panel. to the right of the operator’s seat, is used to lower the lift
arms if the lift arms cannot be lowered during normal l e
a
Move the lever up to increase engine speed. Move down operations. s
to decrease engine speed. e
R
Operation r
o
f
Figure 37 t
Perform the procedure below to operate the lift arm o
N
bypass control: -
-
y
1. Sit in the
the ope
opera
rato
tor'
r'ss seat
seat.. p
o
C
1 2. Fasten
Fasten the
the seat
seat belt
belt and
and lower
lower the
the seat
seat bar.
bar. r
e
l
a
3. Tu
Turn
rn the
the kno
knobb (Item 1) [Figure 38] 90°
(Item 38] 90° clockwise.
clockw ise. e
D
4. Pull
Pull up and hold
hold the
the knob
knob until
until the lift
lift arms
arms llowe
ower.
r.
P107096
SJC equipped machines have a foot operated engine

speed control pedal (Item 1) [Figure 37] in
37] in addition to the
engine speed control lever. The pedal is located on the
right side floor above the footrest.
47 of 212
EMERGENCY EXIT
The front opening on the operator cab and rear window provide exits.
Rear Window Identification
Figure 39 There are two different procedures for removing the rear
window from your machine:
Latches Rubber Cord
1. This
This windo
window
w is equippe
equippedd with
with latches [Fi
latches gure 39].
[Figure 39].
2. This
This window
window is equip
equipped
ped with
with a rubbe
rubberr cord
cord and tag
tag
2 [Figure 39].
39].
1 NOTE: Use these

these procedures
procedures to remove
remove the rear
rear
window only under emergency conditions.
P-85309B P-64994D
Damage to machine may occur.
——————————————————————————————————
———————————————————————————————————————————————————
———————————————————
——
Rear Window Removal (Latches) Rear Window Removal (Rubber Cord)
Figure 40 Figure 42
e
l
1 a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
P-85309A P-64994C e
l
a
e
D
Turn both latches (Item 1) [Figure 40]
40] in until they Pull on the tag on the top of the rear window to remove
disengage from the window frame. the rubber cord [Figure 42].
42].
Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab. Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab.
Figure 41 Figure 43
P-85459A P-85459A
Exit through the rear of the operator cab [Figure 41].

41]. Exit through the rear of the operator cab [Figure 43].
43].
48 of 212
EMERGENCY EXIT (CONT’D)

External Access (Rear Window With Latches) External Access (Rear Window With Rubber Cord)
Figure 44 A kit is available to allow removal of the rubber cord

eq
equipped
uipped rear window from outside the machine. See
your Bobcat dealer for availability.
1
Figure 46
P-90669A
The rear window can be removed from outside the loader

using a T40 TORX® Drive tool. Turn both screws (Item 1)
P13982 e
[Figure 44] counterclockwise
44] counterclockwise until the latches disengage l
a
from the window frame. Pull the top of the window away s
from the cab and lift up to remove. Pull both handles (Item 1) [Figure 46] e
46] up and out to R
remove the rear window. r
o
f
OR t
Front Door o
N
Figure 45 -
NOTE: Use this procedure to remove the front door -
y
only under emergency conditions. Damage to p
o
1 machine may occur. C
r
e
l
Figure 47 a
e
D
P-90669C
A kit is available to allow removal of the latch equipped

rear window from outside the machine without tools. See
your Bobcat dealer for availability.
P-90725
Turn both knobs (Item 1) [Figure 45]

45] counterclockwise
until the latches disengage from the window frame. Pull Turn both latches (Item 1) [Figure 47]
47] down until they
the top of the window away from the cab and lift up to disengage from the door frame.
remove. Push the door out of the operator cab door frame and exit
through the opening.
49 of 212
EMERGENCY EXIT (CONT’D)

Front Door (Cont’d)
( Cont’d)
Front Door Reassembly
Reassemble the front door using the following Figure 50

instructions if the door was opened using the emergency
exit procedure.
Figure 48
1 2
2 P-90685
Orient the latches as shown (Item 1) and install the door e
l
a
hinges (Item 2) [Figure 50]
50] on the door. (Bottom hinge s
P-85781A shown.) e
R
r
o
f
NOTE: Later models
models route
route the washer
washer fluid
fluid hose Figure 51 t
differently and will not require this step. o
N
-
-
Disconnect electrical connector (Item 2) and washer fluid 1 y
hose (Item 1) (if equipped) [Figure 48].
48]. p
o
C
Figure 49 r
e
l
2 a
e
D
2
3
P-90686A
1
Install cast washers (Item 2) on door hinges taking care
to match rectangular surfaces. Hold cast washer firmly
against door and rotate latch (Item 1) [Figure 51] up
51] up to
lock cast washer into position. (Bottom hinge shown.)
P-85588A P-85589A
(Plastic cap shown removed for visual clarity
clar ity.)
.)
Rotate and pull the clip (Item 1) out of the gas spring Install door on loader. Install the gas spring socket on the
socket.
socket. Pull the gas spring
sprin g socket (Item 3) straight off the ball stud fitting. Install the clip into the hole in the gas
ball stud fitting (Item 2) [Figure 49].
49]. spring socket. Rotate the clip to lock into position
Remove the door hinges from the loader. [Figure 49].

49].
Connect electrical connector and washer fluid hose (if
equipped) [Figure 48].
48].
50 of 212
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM

Figure 52
WARNING
• Alway
Alwayss keep
keep bystan
bystander
derss away
away from
from th
thee work
work area
area
• and
Thee travel
Th oper
operatopath.
ator
r must
must alw
alway
ayss look
look in the
the dir
direc
ectio
tion
n of
travel.
1 • Th
Thee back
back-up
-up al
alar
arm
m must
must sou
sound
nd whe
when n oper
operat
ating
ing
the machine in the reverse direction.
W-2783-0409
The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves

P-85645B
both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse
position. Slight movement of the steering levers into the
reverse position is required with hydrostatic
The back-up alarm (Item 1) [Figure 52] is
52] is located on the transmissions, before the back-up
back-up alarm will sound.
inside of the rear door.
e
If alarm does not sound or for adjustment instructions, l
a
A back-up alarm is not a substitute for looking to the inspection and maintenance instructions for the s
see inspection
rear when operating the loader in reverse, or for back-up alarm system in the preventive maintenance R e
keeping bystanders away from the work area. SYSTEM r
section of this manual. (See BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM o
f
Operators must always
always look in the direction of travel, on Page 117.) t
including reverse
reverse,, and must also keep bystanders away o
N
from the work area, even though the loader is equipped -
-
with a back-up alarm. y
p
o
Operators must be trained to always
always look
look in the direction C
of travel, including when operating the loader in r
e
l
reverse and to keep bystanders away from the work
reverse a
area. Other workers should be trained to always
always keep e
D
away from the operator’s
operator’s work area and travel path.
51 of 212
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER

Available Control Configurations
This loader has three control configurations available: Figure 54
• Standard Controls -
- Two steering levers control drive Standard and ACS
and steering functions. FORWARD BACKWARD
• Advanced Control System (ACS) (Option) - Two 1 2

steering levers control drive and steering functions.
• Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Option) -
(‘ISO’ Pattern) - Left joystick controls the drive and

steering functions.
LEFT TURN RIGHT TURN
(‘H’ Pattern) - Left and right joysticks control left and
right side drive and steering functions. 3 4
Operation (Standard And ACS)
WARNING e
l
a
s
LEFT FAST RIGHT FAST e
R
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH TURN TURN r
When operating the machine: o
f
t
• Keep
Keep the
the sea
seatt b
bel
eltt fas
faste
tene
ned
d ssnu
nugl
glyy. 5 6 o
• Th
Thee sea
seatt bar
bar must
must be lowe
lowere
red.
d. N
-
• Keep
Keep you
yourr feet
feet on thethe ped
pedal
al cont
contro
rolsls or foo
footre
trest
stss -
y
and hands on the controls. p
W-2261-0909 o
C
r
e
l
Figure 53 NA3097 a
e
D
Steering Lever Functions (Drive And Steering)

[Figure 54]:
54]:
1. Forward Travel -
Travel - Push both levers forward.
1 2. Backward Travel - Pull

- Pull both levers backward.
3. Left Turn -
Turn - Move the right lever farther forward than
the left lever.
4. Right Turn -
Turn - Move the left lever farther forward than
the right lever.
P-85456A 5. Left Fast Turn -
Turn - Move the left lever backward and the
right lever forward.
The steering levers (Item 1) [Figure 53]
53] are on the left
and right side in front of the seat. 6. Right Fast Turn -
Turn - Move the right lever backward and
Move the levers smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and the left lever forward.
stopping.
52 of 212
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT’D)

Operation (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern
Figure 55 Figure 57
SJC in ‘ISO’
Control Pattern
Left Joystick
1
FORWARD BACKWARD
1 2
N N
P-85307A
NA3049
FORWARD FORWARD
LEFT TURN RIGHT TURN
Select the ‘ISO’ control pattern by pressing the top of the 4
3
switch (Item 1) [Figure 55].
55].
N N
WARNING e
l
a
s
BACKWARD BACKWARD e
R
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH LEFT TURN RIGHT TURN r
f
• Keep
Keep the seat
seat be
belt
lt faste
fastene
nedd snu
snugl
glyy. 5 6 t
o
• Th
Thee sea
seatt bar
bar must
must be lowe
lowere
red.
d. N
-
• Keep
Keep you
yourr feet
feet on
on the
the foo
foott rest
restss and
and hand
handss on N -
control levers. N y
p
W-2399-0501 o
C
r
e
l
Figure 56 LEFT FAST RIGHT FAST
a
TURN TURN e
D
7 8
1
N N
NA3110
Left Joystick Functions (Drive And Steering) [Figure 57]:

57]:
1. Forward Travel -
Travel - Move joystick forward.
2. Backward Travel
Travel - - Move joystick backward.
3. Forward Left Turn -
urn - Move joystick forward and to the
P-90675 left.
4. Forward Right Turn -
Turn - Move joystick forward and to
the right.
The joystick that controls drive and steering is on the left 5. Backward Left Turn -
Turn - Move joystick backward and to
side in front of the seat (Item 1) [Figure 56].
56]. the right.
Move the joystick smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and 6. Backward Right Turn -
Turn - Move joystick backward and
to the left.
stopping. 7. Left Fast Turn -
Turn - Move joystick to the left.
l eft.
8. Right Fast Turn -
Turn - Move joystick to the right.
53 of 212
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT’D)

Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern
Figure 58 Figure 60
Left Right SJC in ‘H’
Joystick Joystick Control Pattern
1 FORWARD
N N
1
2 N N BACKWARD
P-85307A
NA3049
Select the ‘H’ control pattern by pressing the bottom of

LEFT
the switch (Item 1) [Figure 58].
58]. 3 N N TURN
WARNING 4
RIGHT
e
l
a
s
N N
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH TURN e
R
r
f
• Keep
Keep the
the sea
seatt b
bel
eltt fas
faste
tene
nedd ssnu
nugl
glyy. t
LEFT o
• Th
Thee sea
seatt bar
bar must
must be lowe
lowere
red.
d. N
• Keep
Keep you
yourr feet
feet on
on the
the foot
foot re
rest
stss and
and hand
handss on 5 N N FAST -
-
control levers. TURN y
p
W-2399-0501 o
C
r
e
l
Figure 59 RIGHT a
6 N N FAST e
D
TURN
NA3111
Joystick Functions (Drive And Steering) [Figure 60]:

60]:
1. Forward Travel -
Travel - Move both joysticks forward.
1 2. Backward Travel -
Travel - Move both joysticks backward.
3. Forward Left Turn -

Turn - Move the right joystick farther
forward than the left joystick.
4. Forward Right Turn -

Turn - Move the left joystick farther
P-90674C
forward than the right joystick.
Both joysticks control drive and steering and are located 5. Left Fast Turn -
Turn - Move the left joystick backward and
on the left and right side in front of the seat (Item 1) the right joystick forward.
[Figure 59].
59]. 6. Right Fast Turn -
Turn - Move the left joystick forward and
Move the joysticks smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and the right joystick backward.
stopping.
54 of 212
STOPPING THE LOADER TWO-SPEED CONTROL

Using The Control Levers Or Joysticks Description
When the steering levers or joysticks are moved to the This machine may be equipped with two speed ranges,
NEUTRAL position, the hydrostatic transmission will act highh and low. High range allows you to reduce cycle
hig
as a service brake to
to stop the loader. times when there is a long travel distance between the
dig site and the dump site. You can also use the high
range when traveling from one jobsite to another at faster
speeds.
WARNING
HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS
CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when
operating at high range speeds.
W-2754-0908
Figure 61
e
l
2 a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
P-85812A o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
1 e
l
a
e
D
P-85815A
NOTE: The 3-point

3-point
selecting highrestraint
restraintoperation
range must
must be used
used 61].
[Figure when
whe
61]. n
Connect the shoulder belt to the lap belt (Item 1). Pull the
lap belt across to the right side of the seat and fasten
(Item 2) [Figure 61].
61].
The shoulder belt must be positioned over your left

shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips.
Continue with the correct procedure for your machine.

(See Operation (Standard And ACS) on Page 54.)
54.) or
(See Operation (SJC) on Page 54.)
55 of 212
TWO-SPEED CONTROL (CONT’D)

Operation (Standard And ACS) Operation (SJC)
WARNING WARNING
HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS
CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Fasten shoulder
operating belt for
at high range additional restraint when
speeds. Fasten shoulder
operating belt for
at high range additional restraint when
speeds.
W-2754-0908 W-2754-0908
Figure 62 Figure 63
1 1
NA3107 NA3268 NA3112 NA3107 NA3268 NA3112
Left Handle Right Handle Left Joystick Right Joystick e

l
a
s
e
R
2 r
2 o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
P100998C P100997C P107005C P107006C a
e
D
Press the top of the switch (Item 2) on the right handle for NOTE: You must
must disengage
disengage Speed
Speed Manageme
Management
nt
high range. The two-speed and shoulder belt icons before you can select high range.
located on the left instrument panel (Item 1) [Figure 62]
will come on. Press the top of the switch (Item 2) on the left joystick for
high range. The two-speed and shoulder belt icons
NOTE: This toggle
toggle switch retains
retains the selected
selected range.
range. located on the left instrument panel (Item 1) [Figure 63]
The loader is in high range speed at startup if will come on.
the switch is in the high range position.
Press the bottom of the switch for low range.
Press the bottom of the switch for low range.
56 of 212
SPEED MANAGEMENT
Speed Management is available on SJC equipped machines.
Description
Speed Management allows the loader to be maneuvered at a slower travel speed, even during maximum movement of the
joystick(s).
This feature can be useful when installing attachments, loading or unloading, and certain applications. (EXAMPLES:
Landscaping, tilling, trenching)
Operation
NOTE: Two-Speed
Two-Speed Loaders Only -
- You must be in low When Speed Management is engaged, the machine will
range speed to engage Speed Management. travel at the factory default setting of 57% of Standard
Travel Speed and the percentage [SPD 57] will
57] will appear in
Figure 64 the display (Item 2) [Figure 65].
65].
Left Joystick Right Joystick NOTE: The factory
factory default
default setting can
can be changed
changed by
the operator. (See Changing The Factory
Factory
2 Default Setting on Page 56.)
3
While Speed Management is engaged, press the top of
e
64] to increase l
the Speed Control switch (Item 2) [Figure 64] to a
99] or the bottom of the switch s
the speed up to 99% [SPD 99] or
1 (Item 3) [Figure 64] to
64] to decrease the speed down to 1% R e
P107005D P107006D [SPD 01].
01]. The percentages will appear in the display o r
f
(Items 2, 3, and 4) [Figure 65].
65]. t
o
Press the button (Item 1) [Figure 64] on
64] on the left joystick N
Press button (Item 1) [Figure 64]
64] again to disengage -
-
once to engage Speed Management. Speed Management and return to Standard Travel y
Speed. [STD] 65] will appear in the p
[STD] (Item 5) [Figure 65] o
Figure 65 display. C
r
e
l
The system will retain the speed percentage as long as a e
the loader remains ON. D
1
EXAMPLE: You can be using the machine at 40%,
then disengage Speed Management to reposition
the loader, The
Management. and then
speed reengage
percentage will stillSpeed
b e at
be
40%.
EXAMPLE: Turning the key switch to STOP will

NA3269
return the Speed Management setting to default.
The next time you start the engine and engage
2 3 4 Speed Management, the speed is set at 57%
(factory default setting) or the last default setting
saved by the operator
operato r. (See Changing The Factory
Factory
5 Default Setting on Page 56.)
NA3073 / NA3074 / NA3075 / NA3076
NOTE: Two-Speed Loaders Only - You must
The Speed Management icon (Item 1) [Figure 65]
65] will disengage Speed Management before you
can select high range.
appear in thebutton
Management display and remain
is pressed againonoruntil the Speed
the machine is
turned off.
57 of 212
SPEED MANAGEMENT (CONT’D)

Changing The Factory Default Setting
The Speed Management factory default setting can be Figure 67

changed by the operator to save adjustment time.
EXAMPLE: Your machine is often used for

trenching and you prefer a Speed Management
setting of 28% of Standard Travel Speed for that
application. The Speed Management default
setting can be changed to 28% of Standard Travel
Speed instead of the factory default setting of
57%. Each time you start the machine and first
select Speed Management, the machine will
default to 28% of Standard Travel
Travel Speed.
NA3270
Engage Speed Management. (See Description on Page
Page
55.)
The alarm will beep once, display [SET ##]
##] [Figure 67]
Figure 66 (## will indicate the percentage you selected) and remain
in Speed Management mode.
Left Joystick Right Joystick
Pressing the button (Item 1) [Figure 66] 66] on the left
2 joystick or turning
tur ning the machine off will disengage Speed e
l
a
Management and return the loader to Standard Travel s
3 Speed. e
R
r
o
f
When Speed Management is first selected each time the t
1 machine is started, the percentage you selected is the o
N
P107005D P107006D default setting. Speed Management can still be adjusted -
-
from 1% to 99% of Standard Travel Speed. y
p
Adjust the speed percentage higher (Item 2) or lower o
The default setting can be changed any time the operator C
(Item 3) [Figure 66]
66] by pressing the Speed Control chooses. r
e
l
switch until the desired default setting is displayed. a
e
D
Press and hold the button (Item 1) [Figure 66] on
66] on the left
joystick to save the default
default setting.
58 of 212
DRIVE RESPONSE
Drive Response is available on SJC equipped machines.
Drive Response changes how responsive (more or less) Perform PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE and STARTING
the loaders drive and steering systems are when the THE ENGINE procedures:
operator moves the joystick(s).
1. Fa
Fast
sten
en se
seat
at be
beltlt..
Drive Response can be changed by the operator for
different drive response preferences, various job 2. Lo
Lowe
werr sea
seatt bbar
ar..
conditions, and attachment use.
3. Put joy
joysti
sticks
cks in NEUTRAL
NEUTRAL pos
positi
ition.
on.
NOTE: Changes
Changes to drive
drive response
response do not
not affect
braking or stopping the loader. 4. Star
Startt the
the en
engi
gine
ne..
There are three drive response settings: 5. Press

Press the
the PRESS
PRESS TO
TO OPERAT
OPERATE
E LOADER
LOADER button
button..
• [D
[DR-1]
R-1] provides a smooth responsive reaction to 6. Current
Current drive
drive respons
responsee setting
setting is displaye
displayedd briefly
briefly in
joystick movement. (Drive
(Drive only) the data display.
• [DR-2] is the default setting and provides a normal

[DR-2]
responsive reaction to joystick movement. (Drive
e
l
only) a
s
• [DR-3] provides a quick responsive reaction to
[DR-3] e
R
joystick movement. (Drive
(Drive only) r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
59 of 212
DRIVE RESPONSE (CONT’D)

Operation (Cont’d
(Cont ’d))
Figure 68 Saving The Drive Response Setting:
The current drive response setting can be saved by

pressing the Information button (Item 3) [Figure 68]
68] to
exit from the drive response adjustment menu.
OR
2
If no buttons are pressed for 10 seconds, the drive
response setting will be saved and the display screen will
3 change to the hourmeter.
hour meter.
1 NOTE: Machines
Machines equipped
equipped with
with a Deluxe
NA3267
Instrumentation Panel will save the drive
response setting for each user. Example: If
4 5 6 user 1 saves the setting [DR-2], the machine
will be in [DR-2] the next time user 1 password
NA3087 / NA3088 / NA3089 is entered.
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
7 o
N
-
-
P107005D P107006D y
p
o
C
Press the Information button (Item 3) to cycle the data r
display until the drive response menu is displayed. The e
l
a
current drive response setting will appear in the data e
display (Item 1) [Figure 68].
68]. D
Press the left or right scroll button (Item 2) [Figure 68] on

68] on
the left panel to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the
drive response are effective immediately.
immediately.
OR
Press the left or right button (Item 7) [Figure 68] on

68] on the
left joystick to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the drive
response are effective immediately.
immediately.
Press the left scroll button on the left panel or the left
button on the left joystick to scroll down through the three
drive response settings (Items 4, 5, and 6). Press the
right scroll button on the left panel or the right button of
the left joystick to scroll up through the three drive
response settings (Items 4, 5, and 6) [Figure 68].
68].
60 of 212
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION
Steering Drift Compensation is available on SJC equipped machines.
Steering Drift Compensation can be used to reduce Perform PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE and STARTING
steering drift to maintain a desired travel path in forward THE ENGINE procedures:
and reverse directions.
1. Fa
Fast
sten
en se
seat
at be
beltlt..
Examples of applications where this feature can be used:
2. Lo
Lowe
werr sea
seatt bbar
ar..
• To compen
compensat
satee for
for normal
normal variat
variations
ions such
such as
as tire
tire
inflation pressure, track tension, tire wear, and track 3. Put joy
joysti
sticks
cks in NEUTRAL
NEUTRAL pos
positi
ition.
on.
wear.
4. Star
Startt the
the en
engi
gine
ne..
• Using
Using side
side shif
shiftt attach
attachmen
ments ts such
such as
as tren
trenche
chers,
rs,
planers, and silt fence installers. 5. Press
Press the
the PRESS
PRESS TO
TO OPERAT
OPERATE
E LOADER
LOADER button
button..
• Driv
Drivin
ingg on unev
uneven
en ter
terra
rain
in suc
suchh as cro
crown
wned
ed roa
roadd 6. Current
Current drive
drive respons
responsee setting
setting is displaye
displayedd briefly
briefly in
surfaces. the data display.
Figure 69
e
l
Steering Drift Compensation a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
NA3232
Steering drift compensation contains a total of 21

settings. Steering drift compensation can be set to any
point from NEUTRAL to [SFL10]
[SFL10] or [SRL10]
[SRL10] left, and
from NEUTRAL to [SFR10]
[SFR10] or [SRR10]
[SRR10] right. [SF---]
[SF---] or
[SR---] is
[SR---] is displayed when set for NEUTRAL [Figure 69]. 69].
61 of 212
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION (CONT’D)

Operation (Cont’d
(Cont ’d))
Figure 70 Press the right scroll button on the left panel or the right
button on the left control to adjust the machine back
toward center. The display will decrease down to
NEUTRAL displayed as [SF---]
[SF---] (Item
(Item 5). Another press of
the upper right button will cause [SFR01]
[SFR01] (Item 6) to
appear in the data display (Item 1) [Figure 70]. 70]. The
number will increase by one each time you press the
2 button up to a maximum of [SFR10]
[SFR10].. The higher the
number, the greater the amount of steering drift
compensation to the right.
3
Forward steering drift compensation setting can be
1 adjusted with the steering controls in NEUTRAL or during
NA3267
forward travel. Reverse steering drift compensation
setting can be adjusted during reverse travel. The letter
4 5 6 [R] will
[R] l etter [F] in
will appear in place of the letter [F] in the data display
when setting reverse steering drift compensation.
NA3227 / NA3229 / NA3231 (EXAMPLES: [SRL01]
[SRL01],, [SRR01]
[SRR01],, and [SR---]
[SR---]..
Left Right Exiting The Steering Drift Compensation Menu:
e
l
a
s
Press thesteering
from the Information [Figure 70] to
70]
button (Item 3)adjustment
drift compensation to exit
menu. e
R
r
o
f
OR t
7 o
N
If no buttons are pressed for 10 seconds, the display -
-
P107005D P107006D screen will change to the hourmeter. y
p
o
C
Press the Information button (Item 3) to cycle the data r
display until the steering drift compensation menu is e
l
a
displayed. The current steering drift compensation setting e
will appear in the data display (Item 1) [Figure 70].
70]. D
Press the left or right scroll button (Item 2) [Figure 70] on

70] on
the left panel to adjust the setting. Adjustments to
steering drift compensation are effective immediately and
saved automatically.
OR
Press the left or right button (Item 7) [Figure 70] on

70] on the
left control to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the
steering drift compensation are effective
steering effective immediately and
saved automatically.
Press the left scroll button on the left panel or the left
button on the left control to adjust the machine left.
[SFL01] (Item 4) through a maximum of [SFL10]
[SFL01] [SFL10] will
appear in the data display (Item 1) [Figure 70].70]. The
numberThe
button. will higher
increase
the by one each
number, time you
the greater press the
the amount of
steering drift compensation to the left.
le ft.
62 of 212
LIFT AND TILT

TILT COMPENSATION
Lift and Tilt Compensation is available on ACS and SJC equipped machines.
Lift and Tilt Compensation can be used to adjust the lift NOTE: Lift and Tilt Compensatio
Compensation
n should
should be
and tilt control sensitivity. This enables the operator to performed when the machine has been
increase or decrease the amount of control movement warmed to operating temperature and any
before lift up, lift down, tilt back, and tilt out begins. The attachment has been removed.
operator can change each setting to their preference.
Perform PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE and STARTING
EXAMPLE: Your machine is being used with a THE ENGINE
ENGINE procedures:
mower attachment. The mower slowly lowers
because you move the controls slightly when 1. Fa
Fast
sten
en se
seat
at be
beltlt..
passing over extremely rough ground. Adjusting
the lift down control to a low setting will provide 2. Lower
Lower seat
seat bar
bar and engage
engage the
the parki
parking
ng brake
brake..
an increased NEUTRAL band and allow for more
control movement before the lift arms move. 3. Put hand
handles
les or
or joysti
joysticks
cks in
in NEUTRA
NEUTRALL positio
position.
n.
The procedure that follows provides a starting point for 4. Star

Startt the
the en
engi
gine
ne..
the lift and tilt control compensation. Operators can
adjust the settings to account for attachment weight, 5. (ACS) - Select hand control operation.
(ACS) -
engine rpm and application.
e
l
OR a
s
(SJC) -
(SJC) - Select ‘H’ control pattern. e
R
r
o
6. Press
Press the
the PRESS
PRESS TO OPERA
OPERATE TE LOADER button.. f
LOADER button t
o
N
7. Raise the lift arms approximate
approximatelyly 1 m (3 ft) off the -
-
ground and tilt the Bob-Tach frame forward y
approximately 300 mm (1 ft). p
o
C
r
8. Raise and lower
lower the seat bar to engage
engage the interlocks
interlocks l
e
and enable the procedure to be performed. a
e
D
9. Increa
Increase
se engine
engine speed
speed to
to high
high idle.
idle.
10. Continue with the correct procedure for

for your machine.
(See Operation (ACS) on Page 62.)
62.) or (See
(See
Operation (SJC) on Page 63.)
NOTE: When the procedure

procedure has begun, raising
raising the
seat bar will cause the machine to disengage
from lift and tilt compensation. Changes made
to the lift and tilt compensation settings will
NOT be saved.
63 of 212
LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION (CONT’D)
Operation (ACS)
This procedure is described using hand controls. The 2. Move

Move thethe left
left hand
handle
le outw
outward hold. [LU ##] (Item
ard and hold. ##] (Item
procedure can be performed using foot pedals on ACS 4) will appear in the data display. (## will indicate the
equipped loaders. current setting.) Move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 71] 71]
to the right repeatedly until a slight upward movement
Figure 71 of the lift arms is noticed. The setting will increase by
one each time the switch is moved. The available
range of adjustment is -25 to 35.
NOTE: If the lift arms begin

begin to move
move immediately,
immediately,
move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 71] to
71] to the left
repeatedly until lift arm movement stops, then
move the switch to the right repeatedly until a
slight upward movement of the lift arms is
noticed. (This procedure also applies to the
next three steps.)
2
1 3. Move
Move the
the left
left handl
handlee inward hold. [LD ##] (Item
inward and hold. ##] (Item
5) will appear in the data display. Move the switch
NA3278 (Item 9) [Figure 71]
71] to the right repeatedly until a
slight downward movement of the lift arms is noticed.
e
l
3 4 5 a
s
4. 6)
Move
Mov e the
will thappear
e right
right handle
han dledata
in the inwa
inward
rd and
and hold. [TBthe
hold.
display. Move ##]switch
##] (Item
(Item e
R
(Item 9) [Figure 71] 71] to the right repeatedly until a r
6 7 o
f
slight backward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame t
is noticed. o
NA3152 / NA3153 / NA3154 / NA3155 / NA3156 N
-
-
Left Handle Right Handle 5. Move
Move thethe right
right hand
handlele outwa
outward rd and hold. [TO ##]
and hold. y
(Item 7) will appear in the data display. Move the p
o
switch (Item 9) [Figure 71] to
71] to the right repeatedly until C
r
9
a slight forward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame e
l
is noticed. a
e
D
Exiting The Lift And Tilt Compensation Menu:
8
The current lift and tilt compensation setting can be
saved
saved by pressing the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button (Item 1) [Figure 71].
71]. The machine will exit from
P107000C P100997C
the lift and tilt compensation menu.
OR
LTC - Lift and Tilt Compensation
LU - Lift Up Raise and lower the seat bar to exit from the lift and tilt
LD - Lift Down ation menu without saving. This will cancel all
compensation
compens
TB - Tilt Back changes made. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE
TO - Tilt Out LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 71] 71] to continue
machine operation.
1. Press and hold
hold the
the float
float button
button (Item
(Item 8). Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1). Perform several lift and tilt functions to determine if the
Release both buttons. This will open the lift and tilt settings match your preferences. Repeat procedure if
compensation menu. [LTC]
[LTC] (Item
(Item 3) will appear in the desired.
data display (Item 2) [Figure 71].
71].
64 of 212
LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION (CONT’D)
Operation (SJC)
This procedure is described using the ‘H’ control pattern. 2. Move

Move the lefleftt joyst
joystick
ick outw
outward
ard and hold. [LU ##] (Item
and hold. ##] (Item
The procedure can be performed using the ‘ISO’ control 4) will appear in the data display. (## will indicate the
pattern on SJC equipped loaders. current setting.) Move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 72] 72]
to the right repeatedly until a slight upward movement
Figure 72 of the lift arms is noticed. The setting will increase by
one each time the switch is moved. The available
range of adjustment is -25 to 35.
NOTE: If the lift arms begin

begin to move
move immediately,
immediately,
move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 72] to
72] to the left
repeatedly until lift arm movement stops, then
move the switch to the right repeatedly until a
slight upward movement of the lift arms is
noticed. (This procedure also applies to the
next three steps.)
2
1 3. Move
Move the
the left
left joysti
joystick
ck inwar
inwardd an hold. [LD ##] (Item
andd hold. ##] (Item
5) will appear in the data display. Move the switch
NA3278 (Item 9) [Figure 72]
72] to the right repeatedly until a
slight downward movement of the lift arms is noticed.
e
l
3 4 5 a
s
4. Move
Mov e the
6) will thappear
e right
right joys
jin
oystic
tickkdata
the inward
inward and hold
display.hold.
Move. [TBthe
##]switch
##] (Item e
(Item R
(Item 9) [Figure 72] 72] to the right repeatedly until a o r
6 7 slight backward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame f t
is noticed. o
NA3152 / NA3153 / NA3154 / NA3155 / NA3156 N
-
-
Left Joystick Right Joystick 5. Move
Move the the right
right joys
joystic
tickk outwar hold. [TO ##] y
outwardd and hold.
(Item 7) will appear in the data display. Move the p o
switch (Item 9) [Figure 72] to 72] to the right repeatedly until C
9 r
a slight forward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame l e
is noticed. a
e
D
Exiting The Lift And Tilt Compensation Menu:
8
The current lift and tilt compensation setting can be
sa
saved
ved by pressing the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button (Item 1) [Figure 72].
72]. The machine will exit from
P107005C P107006C
the lift and tilt compensation menu.
OR
LTC - Lift and Tilt Compensation
LU - Lift Up Raise and lower the seat bar to exit from the lift and tilt
LD - Lift Down menu without saving. This will cancel all
compensation menu
TB - Tilt Back changes made. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE
TO - Tilt Out LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 72] 72] to continue
machine operation.
1. Press and hold
hold the
the float
float button
button (Item 8). Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1). Perform several lift and tilt functions to determine if the
Release both buttons. This will open the lift and tilt settings match your preferences. Repeat procedure if
compensation menu. [LTC]
[LTC] (Item
(Item 3) will appear in the desired.
data display (Item 2) [Figure 72].
72].
65 of 212
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS
Description
Two foot pedals (or optional hand controls or optional joysticks) control the hydraulic cylinders for the lift and tilt functions.
Put your feet on the pedals (or footrests) and KEEP THEM THERE any time you operate the loader.
Standard Controls And Advanced Control System (ACS)

( ACS) In FOOT Pedal Mode
Figure 73 Lift Arm Float Position (With ACS) - (Left Pedal And Left
Handle)
Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) while the left
pedal is in NEUTRAL. Push the toe of the pedal
3 forward to lift arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 73],
73],
then release the button.
NA3099 Press Float button (Item 3) again or raise the lift arms
(Item 1) [Figure 73] to
73] to disengage.
2
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose
e
l
material while driving backward. a
s
1 Figure 74 e
R
NA1207 NA3104 r
o
f
t
o
Lift Arm Operation - (Left Pedal) N
2 -
-
Push the heel (Item 1) [Figure 73]
73] of the pedal to y
p
raise the lift arms. o
C
r
Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 73] of
73] of the pedal to lower 1 e
l
the lift arms. a
e
D
Lift Arm Float Position - (Left Pedal) NA1207 NA3104
Push the toe of the pedal (Item 2) [Figure 73] all

73] all the
way forward until the pedal locks into the float Tilt Operation - (Right Pedal)
position. Push the heel of the pedal (Item 1) [Figure 74] to
74] to tilt
the bucket backward.
Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 73] to
73] to disengage.
Push the toe of the pedal (Item 2) [Figure 74] to
74] to tilt
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose the bucket forward.
material while driving backward.
66 of 212
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

Advanced Control System (ACS) In HAND Control Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control
Mode Pattern
Figure 75 Figure 77
1 2 2
3
3
NA1207 NA3099 1
NA1207 NA3052
Lift Arm Operation - (Left Handle)
Lift Arm Operation - (Right Hand Joystick)
Move the handle outward (Item 1) [Figure 75] to
75] to raise
the lift arms. Move the joystick backward (Item 1) [Figure 77]
77] to
raise the lift arms.
Move the handle inward (Item 2) [Figure 75] to
75] to lower
the lift arms. Move the joystick forward (Item 2) [Figure 77]
77] to l
e
lower the lift arms. a
s
Lift Arm Float Position - (Left Handle) e
R
Lift Arm Float Position - (Right Hand Joystick) r
Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) while the o
f
handle is in NEUTRAL. Move the handle to lift arm Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) while the o
t
down position (Item 2) [Figure 75],
75], then release the joystick is in NEUTRAL. Move the joystick to lift arm N
button. -
77], then release the -
down position (Item 2) [Figure 77],
y
button. p
Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the handle o
to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 75] 75] to C
Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the joystick
j oystick r
disengage. to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 77] e
77] to l
a
disengage. e
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose D
material while driving backward. Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose
Figure 76
Figure 78
1 2
1 2
NA1207 NA3099 NA1207 NA1681
Tilt Operation - (Right Handle) Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Joystick)
Move the handle inward (Item 1) [Figure 76] to

76] to tilt the Move the joystick inward (Item 1) [Figure 78]
78] to tilt
bucket backward. the bucket backward.
Move the handle outward (Item 2) [Figure 76] to
76] to tilt Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 78] to
78] to tilt
the bucket forward. the bucket forward.
67 of 212

Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Hydraulic Bucket Positioning
Pattern
This machine may be equipped with Hydraulic Bucket
Figure 79 Positioning.
The function of hydraulic bucket positioning is to keep the

1 2
buckett at the same approximate angle as the lift arms are
bucke
raised.
Figure 81
3
NA1207 NA3052
Lift Arm Operation - (Left Hand Joystick)
Move the joystick outward (Item 1) [Figure 79]

79] to
raise the lift arms.
Move the joystick inward (Item 2) [Figure 79] to
79] to lower 1
the lift arms. e
l
a
s
Lift Arm Float Position - (Left And Right Hand Joysticks) e
R
r
Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) while the o
f
joysticks are in NEUTRAL. Move the left joystick to lift t
o
arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 79],
79], then release N
-
the button. -
y
p
Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the left o
joystick to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 79] to
79] to C
r
disengage. e
l
a
e
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose D
Figure 80
1 2 NA3326
Press the top of the Bucket Positioning switch (Item 1)

[Figure 81] on
81] on the left switch panel to engage the bucket
positioning function. The amber light in the switch will
turn on. Press the bottom of the switch to disengage. The
amber light will turn off.
NA1207 NA3052 Bucket positioning functions only during upward lift cycle.
Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Joystick)
Move the joystick inward (Item 1) [Figure 80]

80] to tilt
the bucket backward.
Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 80] to
80] to tilt
the bucket forward.
68 of 212

Automatic Ride Control
This machine may be equipped with Automatic Ride

Control.
Automatic ride control provides a smoother ride, reduced WARNING

load spillage, and improved machine control when
traveling over uneven ground with heavy loads or in AVOID UNEXPECTED LIFT ARM MOVEMENT
heavy digging applications.
Operating
the with the Automatic
AUTO position may result Ride
in theControl switch
lift arms in
slowly
Figure 82 raising during certain conditions when the operator
moves the hydraulic controls in a specific manner:
1. A small
small or no load
load on the
the lift
lift arms.
arms. EXAMPL
EXAMPLE:
E:
1 Empty bucket or no attachment installed.
WITH
2. High hydr
hydraul
aulic
ic press
pressure
ure in
in the tilt
tilt or auxi
auxiliar
liaryy
hydraulic system. EXAMPLE: Holding the tilt
control forward or backward after it stops moving
mo ving
OR when an attachment hydraulic motor is e
l
NA13060 stalled. a
s
e
AND R
r
o
f
3. While
While moving
moving the
the lift contr
control
ol to rraise
aise or
or lower
lower the t
the o
lift arms. N
-
NA3326 -
NOTE: The slowslow upward
upward movement
movement of the arms y
the lift arms p
will continue briefly even after the operator o
Press the top of the Automatic Ride Control switch (Item
moves the hydraulic controls back to C r
1) [Figure 82]
82] on the left switch panel to engage the e
NEUTRAL under the conditions and operation l
automatic ride control function. a
described above. e
D
The loader software will engage and disengage ride
Disengage the automatic ride control functions for
control automatically based on lift arm load and
applications where precise lift arm control is
operation.
required or whenever unexpected lift arm movement
The automatic ride control system uses an accumulator is not desired.
W-3017-0816
that requires occasional service. (See AUTOMATIC RIDE
RIDE
CONTROL ACCUMULATOR on Page 159.)
Press the bottom of the switch to disengage.
NOTE: Certain applications

applications will
will not benefit
benefit from
from
using automatic ride control. Turn OFF when
using certain attachments for better
performance.
69 of 212

Reversing Fan
This machine may be equipped with a Reversing Fan.

Fan. NOTE: To protect
protect vital
vital systems,
systems, the fan
fan will not
reverse
reverse when fluid temperatures approach
The function of the reversing fan is to clear dust and overheating conditions. Cleaning or servicing
debris from the rear grille. This is accomplished by the cooling system may be required to
reversing the direction of the cooling fan for several continue operation. (See Cleaning (Later
(Later
seconds. Models) on Page 137.)
The operator can select automatic or manual operation of Figure 84

th
thee reversing fan.
Figure 83
NA3333 e
l
a
s
Reversing fan is disabled when the engine coolant or e
R
NA3321 hydraulic fluid temperature is too high or too low. r
o
f
t
Selecting manual operation of the reversing fan when o
N
disabled will cause the following indications: -
-
y
1. The
The alar
alarm
m will
will beep
beep once
once.. p
NA3093B o
C
2. Serv
Servic odee [RFOFF]
icee cod [RFOFF] will
will appear in the data display r
e
l
Automatic: [Figure 84] for
84] for several seconds. a
e
D
• Press
Press the top of the Reversi
Reversing
ng Fan switch
switch (Ite
(Item
m 1)
1)
[Figure 83] on
83] on the right switch panel to put the switch
into the middle position.
• The machine
machine will revers
reversee tthe
he fan
fan auto
automat
matica
ically
lly based
based
on fluid temperature as long as automatic operation is
selected.
Manual:
• Ful
Fully
ly pres
presss the
the top
top of
of the
the Reve
Reversi
rsing
ng Fan switch
switch (Ite
(Item
m
1) [Figure 83]
83] on the right switch panel to perform
one reversing cycle.
• The switch
switch will
will retur
returnn to
to auto
automat
matic
ic oper
operati
ation
on when
when
released.
The top of the switch will light in the Automatic and

Manual positions.
Press the bottom of the switch to disengage.
70 of 212

FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation
Figure 85 Move the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1)

[Figure 86]
86] or [Figure 87] to
87] to the right or left to change
direction of the auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow to the front
quick couplers. If you move the switch halfway, the
auxiliary functions move at approximately one-half
speed. (EXAMPLE: Open and close grapple teeth.)
1 2 Release the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch to stop

hydraulic fluid flow to the front quick couplers.
To deactivate the auxiliary hydraulics, press the Auxiliary

Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 85] again.
85] again.
NA3267
The light (Item 1) [Figure 85] is
85] is OFF.
Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 85] NOTE: When the operato
operatorr is seated
seated and raises
raises the
the
once to activate the auxiliary hydraulics. seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
(Front and Rear)
Rear) will deactivate.
85] is ON.
Standard And ACS (If Equipped) e

l
a
s
Figure 86 e
R
r
Left Handle Right Handle o
f
t
o
N
-
1 -
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
P100998C P100997C
SJC (If Equipped)
Figure 87
P107005C P107006C
71 of 212

FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (REVERSE
(CONTINUOUS FLOW) CONTINUOUS FLOW)
Standard And ACS (If Equipped) To allow constant auxiliary

auxil iary hydraulic fluid flow to the front
male coupler (male coupler is pressurized):
Figure 88
1. Activa
Activate
te the
the auxi
auxiliar
liaryy hydra
hydrauli
ulics.
cs.
Left Handle Right Handle
2. Move the Front Auxiliary
Auxiliary Hydrau
Hydraulic
lic switch
switch (Item 1)
1 [Figure 88] or
89] to the left and hold.
3. Press
Press the
the Continuo
Continuousus Flow
Flow Control
Control switc
switchh (Item
(Item 2)
[Figure 88] or
88] or [Figure 89].
89].
2 4. Release
Release the
the Front
Front Auxilia
Auxiliary
ry Hydra
Hydrauli
ulicc switch.
switch.
NOTE: Reverse
Reverse flow can can cause damage to some
attachments. Use reverse flow with your
P100998C P100997C attachment only if approved. See your
attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual
SJC (If Equipped) for detailed information.
e
l
Figure 89 To stop reverse continuous auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow, a
s
press
[Figurethe Continuous
88] or
88] or Flow
[Figure 89] a
89] Control
a second switch (Item 2)
time. e
Left Joystick Right Joystick R
r
o
f
1
NOTE: When the operato
operatorr is seated
seated and raises
raises the
the t
seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System o
N
(Front and Rear)
Rear) will deactivate. -
-
y
p
o
2 C
r
e
l
a
e
D
P107005C P107006C
After activating
Continuous the auxiliary
Flow Control hydraulics,
switch (Item press88]
2) [Figure 88]the
or
[Figure 89] to
89] to allow constant auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow
to the front female coupler (female coupler is
pressurized). (EXAMPLE: Operate a backhoe.)
To stop continuous auxiliary

auxil iary hydraulic fluid flow, press the
Continuous Flow Control switch (Item 2) [Figure 88] 88] or
[Figure 89] a
89] a second time.
NOTE: When the operator

operator is seated
seated and raises
raises the
the
seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
(Front and Rear)
72 of 212

REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation
This machine may be equipped with rear auxiliary hydraulics.
Figure 90 Figure 93
1
2
NA3267
Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 90]

P107979
once to activate the auxiliary hydraulics.

90] is ON. Move the Rear Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1) l e
a
[Figure 91]
92] to the right or left to change s
Standard And ACS (If Equipped) e
direction of the auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow to the rear R
quick couplers [Figure 93].
93]. (EXAMPLE: Raise and lower r
o
f
Figure 91 rear stabilizers.) Release the switch to stop fluid flow. t
o
Left Handle Right Handle N
To deactivate the auxiliary hydraulics, press the Auxiliary -
-
Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 90] again.
90] again. y
p
1 o
90] is OFF. C
r
e
l
NOTE: When the operato
operatorr is seated
seated and raises
raises the
the a
seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System D e
(Front and Rear)
P100998D P100997D
SJC (If Equipped)
Figure 92
P107005D P107006D
73 of 212

Quick Couplers
Figure 94
WARNING
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can 1
penetrate
death. Fluidskin orunder
leaks eyes,pressure
causing may
serious injury
not be or
visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury. P-85281A P107978A
W-2072-0807
To Connect:
Remove dirt or debris from the surface of the male and

WARNING female couplers, and from the outside diameter of the
male couplers. Visually check the couplers for corroding,
cracking, damage, or excessive wear. If any of these e
l
AVOID BURNS conditions exist, the coupler(s) [Figure 94]
94] must be a
s
Hydraulic e
can get hotfluid,
whentubes, fittings
running andand
machine quick couplers
attachments. replaced. R
r
Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick Install the male couplers into the female couplers. Full o
f
couplers. connection is made when the ball release sleeves slide t
o
W-2220-0396 forward on the female couplers. N
-
-
Some attachments have a case drain that needs to be y
p
connected to the small quick coupler (Item 1) o
[Figure 94].
94]. C
r
e
l
To Disconnect: a
e
D
Hold the male couplers. Retract the sleeves on the
female couplers until couplers disconnect.
74 of 212

Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment)
Rear Auxiliary Quick Couplers
WARNING Put the attachment flat on the ground. Stop the engine
and turn the key switch to RUN.
AVOID BURNS Figure 95
Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
can get hotwhen
Be careful whenconnecting
running machine and attachments.
and disconnecting quick
couplers.
W-2220-0396
WARNING 1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH NA3267

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 1) e
l
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do [Figure 95].
95]. a
s
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid e
Standard And ACS (If Equipped) R
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention r
from a physician familiar with this injury. o
f
W-2072-0807 Figure 96 t
o
N
Left Handle Right Handle -
-
y
p
o
1 C
r
e
l
a
e
D
P100998D P100997D
SJC (If Equipped)
Figure 97
Front Auxiliary Quick Couplers 1
When Connecting: Push the quick couplers tightly

together and hold for 5 seconds; the pressure is
automatically relieved as the couplers are installed.
When Disconnecting: Push the quick couplers tightly P107005D P107006D

together and hold for 5 seconds; then retract the sleeves
until the couplers disconnect. Move the Rear Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1)
[Figure 96]
96] or [Figure 97]
97] to the left and right several
times. Turn the key switch to STOP.
75 of 212
ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD)

This machine may be equipped with an Attachment Control Device.
Description
Figure 98 Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
Figure 100
Left Handle Right Handle
1 2 3
1
P100998C P100997C
P-85281
Connect the attachment electrical harness to the SJC (If Equipped) e
l
a
attachment control device (Item 1) [Figure 98].
98]. s
Figure 101 e
R
Figure 99 Left Joystick Right Joystick r
o
f
t
o
1 2 N
3 -
1 -
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
P107005C P107006C
Additional switches (Items 1, 2, and 3) [Figure 100]

100] or
P-85313 [Figure 101]
101] are used to control some attachment
functions through the attachment control device.
You will need the 14-Pin Attachment Control Device kit NOTE: ACD takes
takes over thethe function
function of the Rear
(Item 1) [Figure 99] to
99] to operate early model attachments. Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1)
See your Bobcat loader
lo ader dealer. [Figure 100] or
100] or [Figure 101] from
101] from rear auxiliary
hydraulics when an attachment electrical
harness is attached to the ACD.
See the appropriate attachment Operation &

Maintenance Manual for control details.
76 of 212
DAILY INSPECTION
Daily Inspection And Maintenance
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals.

Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early
failures. The Service Checklist And Schedule is a guide
for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
WARNING
Figure 102 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Keep
Keep doo
doorr / cove
coverr cclo
lose
sed
d exc
excep
eptt for
for serv
servic
ice.
e.
• Keep
Keep engin
enginee cleclean
an of fla
flamma
mmabl blee mate
materia
rial.
l.
• Keep
Keep body
body,, loose
loose objects
objects and clothin
clothing g away
away from
from
electrical contacts, moving parts, hot parts and
exhaust.
• Do not
not use
use thethe mac
machin
hinee in spa spacece with
with explo
explosi
sive
ve
1 dusts or gases or with flammable material near
exhaust.
• Neve
Neverr use
use ethe
etherr or sta
starti
rting
ng fluid
fluid onon diese
diesell engin
enginee
with glow plugs or air intake heater. Use only
starting aids as approved by engine
manufacturer.
• Le
Leak
aking
ing flui
fluids
ds under
under prepressssururee can
can enter
enter ski
skin
n and
and
cause serious injury
inj ury..
• Batte
Batteryry acid
acid caus
causeses seve
severe re bur
burnsns;; wear
wear goggl
goggles
es.. l
e
P100041B If acid contacts eyes, skin, or clothing, flush with s a
water. For contact with eyes, flush and get R e
The Service Checklist And Schedule (Item 1) medical attention. r
• Batte
Batteryry mak
makes es fla
flamma
mmabl blee and
and exp explos
losive
ive ga
gas. o
s. f
[Figure 102] is
102] is located inside the rear door of the loader t
and in the Machine Sign Translations section of this Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco o
away. N
manual. (See MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS on Page Page -
182.) • Fo
Forr jump
jump starstart,
t, ccon
onnec
nectt nega
negativ tivee cab
cable the -
le to the
y
machine engine last (never at the battery). After p
o
A complete list of scheduled maintenance tasks is also jump start, remove negative connection at the C
located in the Preventive Maintenance section of this engine first. r
e
l
manual. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 108.) • Ex
Exhahaus
ustt g
gas
ases
es can
can kill
kill.. A
Alw
lway
ayss ven
ventil
tilat
ate.
e. a
W-2782-0409 e
D
NOTE: Fluids such

such as engine
engine oil, hydraulic
hydraulic fluid,
fluid, and
coolant must be disposed of in an
environmentally safe manner. Some
regulations require that certain spills and
leaks on the ground must be cleaned in a
specific manner. See local, state, and federal
regulations for correct disposal.
WARNING
Operator must have instructions before operating the
t he
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or
death.
W-2001-0502
77 of 212
DAILY
DAILY INSPECTION (CONT’D)
Daily Inspection And Maintenance (Cont’d)
The following list of items must be checked daily:
• Engine Oi
Oil Le
Level
IMPORTANT
This machine is factory equipped with a U.S.D.A.
• Hydraulilicc Flu
Fluid
id Level Forestry Service Approved spark arrester exhaust
system that must be maintained for proper function.
• En
Engi
gine
ne Air
Air Clea
Cleane
nerr - Chec
Checkk Syst
System
em for
for Dam
Damag
agee or
Leaks • WITH MUFFLER
The muffler spark chamber must be emptied
• En
Engin
ginee Cooli
Cooling
ng Sys
Syste
tem
m - Chec
Checkk Syst
System
em for
for Dam
Damag
agee every 100 hours of operation to keep it in working
or Leaks, Check Coolant Level, Clean Hydraulic Fluid condition.
Cooler, Fuel Cooler, Radiator, and Rear Grille
• WIT
WITH
H SELEC
SELECTI
TIVE
VE CAT
CATALYS
ALYST T REDUC
REDUCTIO
TION
N (SCR)
(SCR)
• Oper
Operat
ator
or Cab
Cab and
and Cab
Cab Mou
Mount
nting
ing Hard
Hardwa
ware
re AND / OR DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC)
Do not remove or modify the DOC or SCR.
• Seat Belt
The SCR must be maintained according to the
• Seat
Seat Ba
Barr and
and Cont
Contro
roll Int
Inter
erlo
lock
ckss instructions in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual for proper function.
• Bo
Bobc
bcat
at Int
Inter
erloc
lockk Cont
Contro
roll Syst
System
em (BI
(BICS™
CS™))
e
l
• WIT
WITHH DIESE
DIESELL PAR
PARTI
TICU
CULA
LATE
TE FIL
FILTE
TER (DPF)
R (DPF) a
s
• Fr
Fron
ontt Horn
Horn and
and Bac
Back-
k-up
up Ala
Alarm
rm - Chec
Checkk for
for Prop
Proper
er The DPF must be maintained according to the e
Function instructions in the Operation & Maintenance R
r
Manual for proper function. o
f
• Grease
Grease Pivot
Pivot Pins
Pins (Lif
(Liftt Arms,
Arms, Lift
Lift Links
Links,, Bob-
Bob-Tac
Tach,
h, t
Cylinders, Bob-Tach Wedges) o
(If this machine is operated on flammable forest, N
-
brush or grass cover land, the engine must be -
• Tir
Tires
es - Che
Check
ck for
for Wea
Wear,
r, Dam
Damag
age,
e, Cor
Corre
rect
ct Air
Air equipped with a spark arrester and maintained in y
Pressure p
working order. Failure to do so will be in violation of o
C
California state law section 4442 PRC. Refer to local r
• Fu
Fuel
el Fil
Filte
terr - Rem
Remov
ovee Tra
Trapp
pped
ed Wat
Water
er laws and regulations for spark arrester e
l
a
requirements.) e
• Loos
Loosee or Br
Brok
oken
en Par
Parts
ts - Repa
Repair
ir or
or Repla
Replace
ce as
as I-2350-1114 D
Necessary
• Safety
Safety Treads
Treads and Safety
Safety Signs
Signs (Dec
(Decals
als)) - Replac
Replacee as
•
Necessary
Lift
Lift Arm
Arm Su
Supp
ppor
ortt Devi
Device
ce - Replac
Replacee if Dama
Damage
gedd
IMPORTANT
PRESSURE WASHING DECALS
• Neve
Neverr dire
direct
ct the
the str
strea
eam
m at a low
low ang
angle
le tow
towar
ard
d the
the
decal that could damage the decal causing it to
peel from the surface.
• Direc
Directt the
the str
strea
eamm at a 90 de
degr
gree
ee angl
anglee and
and at
at
least 300 mm (12 in) from the decal. Wash from
the center of the decal toward the edges.
I-2226-0910
78 of 212
PRE-STARTING
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE
Entering The Loader Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s
Handbook Locations
Figure 103
Figure 104
2
1
P-85736A
P-90526A
Use the bucket or attachment steps, grab handles, and

safety treads (on the loader lift arms and frame) to get on Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance
and off the loader, maintaining a three-point contact at all Manual and the Operator’s Handbook (Item 1) l e
a
s
times [Figure 103].
103]. Do not jump. [Figure 104] before
104] before operating the loader. e
R
Safety treads are installed on the Bobcat loader to The Operation & Maintenance Manual and other r
o
provide a slip resistant surface for getting on and off the manuals can be kept in a container (Item 2) [Figure 104] f
t
loader. provided behind the operator seat. o
N
-
-
Keep safety treads clean and replace when damaged. y
Replacement treads are available from your Bobcat p
dealer. WARNING o
C
r
e
l
a
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH e
Instructions are necessary before operating or D
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and
warnings and instructions
signs (decals)
in on
themachine.
manuals Follow
when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807
79 of 212
PRE-STARTING
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
( CONT’D)
Seat Adjustment
Standard Seat Suspension Seat (Option)
Figure 105 Figure 106
1 2
P-90025 P100992
l ever (Item 1) [Figure 105] out

Pull the lever 105] out to adjust the seat Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 106] up
106] up to adjust the angle e
l
a
s
position for comfortable operation of the loader controls. of the seat back. e
R
Pull the lever (Item 2) [Figure 106] up
106] up to adjust the seat r
o
f
position for comfortable operation of the loader
l oader controls. t
o
N
Figure 107 -
-
y
p
o
C
1 r
e
l
a
e
D
P100999
The lever (Item 1) is used to adjust the suspension

response of the seat depending on the operator’s weight.
The optimum setting is achieved with the needle (Item 2)
[Figure 107]
107] centered in the gauge with the operator
normally seated.
Pivot the lever out fully to adjust the setting. Pump lever
between middle and upper positions to move the needle
to the right. Pump lever between middle and lower
positions to move the needle to the left. Return lever to
the middle position and pivot lever back fully to lock in
setting.
80 of 212
PRE-STARTING
( CONT’D)
Seat Adjustment (Cont’d)
Air Ride Suspension Seat (Option)
Figure 108
P100994
l ever (Item 1) [Figure 108] up

Pull the lever 108] up to adjust the angle e
l
a
s
of the seat back. e
R
Pull the lever (Item 2) [Figure 108] up
108] up to adjust the seat r
o
f
position for comfortable operation of the loader controls. t
o
N
Figure 109 -
-
y
1 p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
P100993
The lever (Item 1) is used to adjust the suspension

response of the seat depending
dependin g on the operator’s weight.
The optimum setting is achieved with the needle (Item 2)
[Figure 109]
109] centered in the gauge with the operator
normally seated.
Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 109]

109] up and hold to
increase the amount of air in the seat suspension. Push
the lever down and hold to decrease the amount of air in
the seat suspension.
NOTE: The loader

loader electrical
electrical system
system must
must be turned
turned
ON to increase the amount of air in the seat
suspension.
81 of 212
PRE-STARTING
( CONT’D)
Seat Belt Adjustment
Standard Seat Belt 3-Point Restraint (Option And Loaders Equipped With
Two-Speed)
Figure 110
Figure 111
P-85812A
P-85814A
1
P-85813A
P-85815A
Squeeze both seat belt adjusters to release and lengthen e

l
a
s
bel t (Inset) [Figure 110].
each half of the seat belt 110]. Connect
lap the shoulder
belt across to thebelt to side
right the lap
of belt
the (Item 1). Pull
seat and the
fasten e
R
Fasten the seat belt. (Item 2) [Figure 111].
111]. r
o
f
t
Pull the ends of the belt through the belt adjusters so that The shoulder belt must be positioned over your left o
N
the seat belt is snug and the buckle is centered between shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips. -
-
your hips [Figure 110].
110]. y
p
o
C
IMPORTANT r
e
l
a
e
D
Check the seat belt and shoulder belt retractors for
correct operation.
Keep retractors clean and replace as necessary.

I-2199-0200
82 of 212
PRE-STARTING
( CONT’D)
Seat Bar Joystick Position Adjustment
Figure 112 Joystick Position Adjustment is available on SJC

equipped machines.
Figure 113
P-85452A
NA3105
Lower the seat bar and engage the parking brake

P-90491A
[Figure 112].
112].
e
l
a
s
Put the foot pedals or hand controls in NEUTRAL
position. Pulltothe
up joystick
slide adjustment
the loader levers
joysticks (Item 1)
forward or [Figure
backward113] e
to R
adjust for comfortable operation. (Right side shown.) r
o
f
NOTE: Keep your
your hands on the
the steering
steering levers
levers and t
your feet on the foot pedals (or footrests) o
N
while operating the loader. -
-
y
p
o
WARNING C
r
e
l
a
e
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH D
When operating the machine:
• Keep
Keep the seat
seat be
belt
lt faste
fastene
ned
d snu
snugl
glyy.
• Th
The
Keeepsea
Keep seat
t bar
you
yourbr ar must
muon
feet
feet st be
thelowe
theloped
pwere
red.
edal
al d.
cont
contro
rols
ls or foo
footre
trest
stss
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909
83 of 212
ST
STARTING
ARTING THE ENGINE
ENGI NE
Standard Key Panel
Figure 115
WARNING
1
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• En
Engin
gines
es can
can hav
havee hot
hot parts
parts and
and hot
hot exha
exhaus
ustt gas.
gas.
Keep flammable material
m aterial away. 2
• Do not
not use
use mac
machin
hines
es in
in atmos
atmosph
pher
eree cont
contain
aining
ing
explosive dust or gases.
W-2051-0212
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-

STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 77.)
Figure 114 P-90687A
Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 1) [Figure 115]. 115]. The
indicator lights on the left instrument panel will come ON
briefly and the instrument panel / monitoring system will e
l
a
s
perform a self test. e
R
Figure 116 r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
P-90525B e
l
a
2 e
D
Set the engine speed control to the low idle position 1
[Figure 114].
114].
NA3072
The machine will cycle the glow plugs automatically

based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1)
and the cycle time remaining (Item 2) [Figure 116]
116] are
displayed in the data display.
When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
switch to START (Item 2). Release the switch when the
engine starts and allow the switch to return to the RUN
position (Item 1) [Figure 115].
115].
84 of 212
ST
STARTING
ARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
Standard Key Panel (Cont’d)
( Cont’d)
NOTE: Make sure

sure both hand controls
controls (ACS)
(ACS) or Figure 118
joysticks (SJC) are in the NEUTRAL position
before starting the engine. Do not move the
levers or joysticks from the NEUTRAL
position when turning the key switch to RUN
or START with the BICS™ activated.
2
WARNING
• Fa
Faste
stenn seat
seat bel
belt,
t, start
start and
and ope
opera
rate
te only
only fro
from
m the
operator’s seat. 1
• Neve
Neverr wear
wear loo
loose
se clo
clothi
thing
ng whe
whenn work
workin
ingg near
near
machine. P-90726M
W-2135-1108
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
Figure 117 1) [Figure 118]
118] to activate the BICS™ and to perform
hydraulic and loader functions. e
l
a
s
ACS (SJC) The current drive response setting is displayed R
(SJC) e
briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS r
o
TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 118] 118] is f
t
pressed. o
N
-
NOTE: (SJC) The The light of the current position -
current switch position y
(ISO or H) will flash, which indicates PRESS p o
1 TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light C
will flash when the key switch is in the RUN r e
P-85307B
NA3048
position and continue to flash until the PRESS l a
TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed, D e
SJC then the light will become solid. If the mode

(ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active
mode light will remain solid and the pending
mode light will flash. When operation of the
machine is returned to NEUTRAL, the active
mode light will turn off and the pending mode
light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
2
P-85307
NA3049
WARNING
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item
(ACS) Select AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1) [Figure 117] if
117] if equipped with ACS. When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
OR fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
(SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern
(SJC) Pattern (Item 2) outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
[Figure 117] if
117] if equipped with SJC. W-2050-0807
85 of 212
ST
STARTING
Keyless Start Panel
Figure 120
WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH 1
• En
Engin
gines
es can
can hav
havee hot
hot parts
parts and
and hot
hot exha
exhaus
ustt gas.
gas.
m aterial away.
• Do not
not use
use mac
machin
hines
es in
in atmos
atmosph
pher
eree cont
contain
aining
ing
W-2051-0212
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-

STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 77.) 2
3
Figure 119
P-90819J
e
l
a
s
Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 2) [Figure 120]. 120]. The e
indicator lights on the left instrument panel will come ON R
r
briefly and the instrument panel / monitoring system will o
f
perform a self test. t
o
N
-
Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) [Figure 120]
120] to enter -
the password. y
p
o
C
Figure 121 r
P-90525B e
l
a
e
D
Set the engine speed control to the low idle position
[Figure 119].
119].
NOTE: permanent,
Loaders
Loaders with randomly
a Keyless Start Panel
Panel have
generated Mastera
Password set at the factory. Your loader will 2
also have an Owner Password. The owner
password can be changed to prevent 1
unauthorized use of your loader. (See (See NA3072
Changing The Owner Password on Page 177.)
Keep your password in a safe location for
future needs. The machine will cycle the glow plugs automatically
based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1)
NOTE: The Password
Password Lockout
Lockout feature
feature can be used
used to and the cycle time remaining (Item 2) [Figure 121]
121] are
allow starting of the loader without a displayed in the data display.
password. (See Password Lockout Feature on
on
Page 177.) When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
120].
86 of 212
ST
STARTING
Keyless Start Panel (Cont’d)
NOTE: Make sure

controls (ACS)
(ACS) or Figure 123
2
WARNING
• Fa
Faste
stenn seat
seat bel
belt,
t, start
start and
and ope
opera
rate
te only
only fro
from
m the
• Neve
Neverr wear
wear loo
loose
se clo
clothi
thing
ng whe
whenn work
workin
ingg near
near
machine. P-90726M
W-2135-1108
l
a
s
(SJC) e
o
t
pressed. o
N
-
P-85307S
NA3048

2
P-85307T
NA3049
WARNING
1) [Figure 122] if
[Figure 122] if
87 of 212
ST
STARTING
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel
Figure 125
WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH 1
• En
Engin
gines
es can
can hav
havee hot
hot parts
parts and
and hot
hot exha
exhaus
ustt gas.
gas.
m aterial away.
• Do not
not use
use mac
machin
hines
es in
in atmos
atmosph
pher
eree cont
contain
aining
ing
W-2051-0212
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE- 2

STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 77.) 3
Figure 124
P-90212K
e
l
a
s
Turn the lights
indicator key switch
on thetoleft
RUN [Figure
(Item 2)panel
instrument will 125].
125]
come. The
ON e
R
briefly and the instrument panel / monitoring system will r
o
f
perform a self test. t
o
N
Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) [Figure 125]
125] to enter -
-
the password. y
p
o
Figure 126 C
r
P-90525B e
l
a
e
D
Set the engine speed control to the low idle position
[Figure 124].
124].
NOTE: Loaders
Loader
have as with a Deluxe
Deluxe Instrumentat
permanent, Instrumentation
randomly ion Panel
Panel
generated 2
Master Password set at the factory. Your
loader will also be assigned an Owner 1
NA3072
Password. Your dealer will provide you with
this password. Change the owner password
to one that you will easily remember to The machine will cycle the glow plugs automatically
prevent unauthorized use of your loader. (See
(See based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1)
Changing The Owner Password on Page 178.) and the cycle time remaining (Item 2) [Figure 126]
126] are
Keep your password in a safe location for displayed in the data display.
future needs.
NOTE: The Deluxe
Deluxe Instrument
Instrumentation
ation Panel
Panel display
display
NOTE: The Password
Password Lockout
Lockout feature
feature can be used
used to screen will also display an engine preheat
allow starting of the loader without a icon and [WAIT TO START].
on
Page 179.) When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
125].
88 of 212
ST
STARTING
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (Cont’d)
NOTE: Make sure

controls (ACS)
(ACS) or Figure 128
2
WARNING
• Fa
Faste
stenn seat
seat bel
belt,
t, start
start and
and ope
opera
rate
te only
only fro
from
m the
• Neve
Neverr wear
wear loo
loose
se clo
clothi
thing
ng whe
whenn work
workin
ingg near
near
machine. P-90726M
W-2135-1108
l
a
s
(SJC) e
o
t
pressed. o
N
-
P-85307Q
NA3048

2
P-85307R
NA3049
WARNING
1) [Figure 127] if
[Figure 127] if
89 of 212
ST
STARTING
Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System Cold Temperature Starting
Let the engine operate for a minimum of 5 minutes to

warm the engine and hydrostatic transmission fluid
before operating the loader.
loa der. WARNING

EXPLOSION CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY,INJURY, DEATH

OR SEVERE ENGINE DAMAGE
IMPORTANT
When the temperature is below -30°C (-20°F),
DO NOT use ether or starting fluid with glow plug or
air intake heater systems.
W-2071-0415
hydrostatic oil must be warmed before starting. The
hydrostatic system will not get enough oil at low If the temperature is below freezing, perform the following
temperatures and will be damaged. Park the machine to make starting the engine easier:
in an area where the temperature will be above -18°C
(0°F) if possible. • Repl
Replac
acee the
the engi
engine
ne oil
oil with
with the
the cor
corre
rect
ct typ
typee and
and
I-2007-0910 viscosity for the anticipated starting temperature.
(See Engine Oil Chart on Page 133.)
• Make
Make sur
suree the
the bat
batte
tery
ry is ful
fully
ly cha
charg
rged
ed..
e
l
• Install
Install an engi
engine
ne heat
heater,
er, availab
available
le from
from your
your Bobca
Bobcatt a
loader dealer. s
e
R
• Move
Move engi
engine
ne speed
speed contro
controll half
halfway
way before
before starti
starting.
ng. r
o
f
Return to idle position after the engine starts. t
o
N
NOTE: The display
display screen
screen of the the Deluxe
Deluxe -
-
Instrumentation Panel may not be at full y
intensity when the temperature is below -26°C
-26°C p
o
(-15°F). The display screen may take 30 C
r
seconds to several minutes to warm up. All e
l
systems remain monitored even when the a
e
display screen is off. D
90 of 212
MONITORING THE DISPLAY

DISPLAY PANELS
Left Panel Warning And Shutdown
Figure 129 When a WARNING condition exists; the associated icon

lightt is ON and the alarm sounds 3 beeps. If this
ligh
condition is allowed
all owed to continue, there may be damage to
the engine or loader hydraulic systems.
When a SHUTDOWN condition exists; the associated

icon light is ON and the alarm sounds continuously. The
monitoring system will automatically stop the engine in
15 seconds. The engine can be restarted to move or
2 relocate the loader.
1
The SHUTDOWN feature is associated with the following
NA3267 icons:
General Warning
Frequently monitor the temperature and fuel gauges and Engine Malfunction
BICS™ lights (all BICS™ lights must be OFF to operate Engine Coolant Temperature
loader) [Figure 129].
129]. Hydraulic System Malfunction
After the engine is running, frequently monitor the left
instrument panel [Figure 129] for
129] for machine condition. e
l
a
The associated icon is displayed if there is an error s

e
R
condition. r
o
f
t
EXAMPLE: Engine
Engine Coolant
C oolant Temperature
Temperature is High. o
N
-
-
The Engine Coolant Temperature icon (Item 1) y
[Figure 129] is
129] is ON. p
o
C
Press the Information button (Item 2) [Figure 129]
129] to r
e
l
cycle the data display until the service code screen is a
displayed. One of the following SERVICE CODES is e
D
displayed.
• [M0810] Engine
[M0810] Engine Coolant Temperature Too High
• [M0811] Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely

[M0811]
High
Find the cause of the service code and correct before

operating the loader again. (See Service Codes List on
on
Page 168.)
NOTE: The optional

optional Deluxe
Deluxe Instrumen
Instrumentation
tation Panel
Panel
offers an additional view of service codes that
includes a brief description. (See Viewing
Viewing
Service Codes on Page 167.)
91 of 212
STOPPING THE ENGINE AND

AN D LEAVING THE LOADER
Procedure
Stop the loader on level ground. (Standard Key Panel) Remove the key from the switch
to prevent operation of the loader by unauthorized
Fully lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the personnel.
ground.
NOTE: Activating
Activating the Password
Password Lockout
Lockout Feature
Feature on
Figure 130 machines with the Keyless Start Panel or the
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel allows
operation of the loader without using a
on
Page 177.) or
177.) or (See Password Lockout Feature
Feature
on Page 179.)
Figure 132
e
l
P-90525B a
s
e
R
Set the engine speed control to the low idle position r
o
f
[Figure 130].
130]. t
P-85737A P-85735A
o
N
Engage the parking brake. -
-
Exit the loader using grab handles, safety tread, and y
Figure 131 ps (maintaining a three-point contact) [Figure 132].
steps
ste 132]. p
o
C
r
1 e
l
1
WARNING a
e
D

Before
• Lo
Loweyou
wer thleave
r the lift the
e lift arms
arms operator’s
and
and put seat:
put the
the attac
attachm
hmen
entt flat
flat on
the ground.
• Enga
Engage ge the
the par
parkiking
ng bra
brake.
ke.
P-90688A P-90214C
• Raisisee the
the seat bar.
• Move
Move all cont contro rols
ls to the NEUT
NEUTRAL RAL / LOC
LOCKEDKED
Turn the key switch to the STOP position (Item 1) position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
[Figure 131].
131]. drive functions are deactivated.
NOTE: If the loader

loader lights
lights are ON,
ON, they will
will remain ON
ON The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
for approximately 90 seconds after turning when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
the loader OFF. service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110
Raise the seat bar and make sure the lift and tilt functions
are deactivated.
Unbuckle the seat belt.
92 of 212
COUNTERWEIGHTS
Description Accessories That Affect Machine Weight
Counterweights can be installed on the loader. See your If your loader is already equipped with accessories like
Bobcat dealer for information about approved loader Ov
Overer Tire Steel Tracks, Water Tanks, or Rear Stabilizers;
counterweights and configurations for your job installing counterweights may not be necessary.
necessary.
application and attachment.
See your Bobcat dealer for more information about the
Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation proper use of counterweights with
wi th approved attachments
Proper operation of the loader and attachment does not and accessories for your loader.
change
change if counterweights are installed on this loader.
Always follow the instructions provided in this manual
when operating your loader with counterweights installed.
Counterweights installed on your loader can affect the

loader and its operation in some applications. Some
examples are:
• Inc
ncre
reas
ased
ed mac
machi
hine
ne wei
weigh
ghtt.
• In
Incr
crea
ease
sedd Rate
Ratedd Oper
Operat
ating
ing Capa
Capaci
city
ty (RO
(ROC)
C)..
e
l
• Harder steering. a
s
e
• Acce
Accele
lera
rate
tedd or
or une
uneve
venn ttir
iree wear
wear.. R
r
o
f
• Incr
Increa
ease
sedd pow
power
er cons
consum
umpt
ptio
ion.
n. t
o
N
When To Consider Using Counterweights -
-
y
Install counterweights to increase the loaders Rated p
o
Operating Capacity (ROC) which could improve C
r
attachment performance in some applications. Some e
l
examples are: a
e
D
• Usin
Usingg palle
pallett for
forkk wit
withh pall
pallet
etiz
ized
ed loa
loads
ds..
• Usin
Usingg gr
grap
appl
ples
es or ba
bale
le fo
fork
rk..
• Using
Using buc
bucke
kets
ts to
to hand
handle
le loos
loosee mate
materia
riall witho
without
ut
digging.
When To Consider Removing Counterweights
Remove counterweights to increase the downward force

of the attachment for better attachment performance in
some applications. Some examples are:
• Dig
iggging
ing wit
withh bu
buckets.
• Using
Using Hydrau
Hydraulic
lic Breake
Breakers,
rs, Scrape
Scrapers,
rs, or Landpla
Landplanes
nes..
93 of 212
ATTACHMENTS
Choosing The Correct Bucket
Use the correct bucket size for the type and density of
material
ma terial being handled. For safe handling of materials
WARNING and avoiding machine damage, the attachment (or
bucket) should handle a full load without going over the
ROC for the loader. Partial loads make steering more
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH difficult.
Never use attachments or buckets which are not
approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and
attachments for safe loads of specified densities are
approved for each model. Unapproved attachments Pallet Fork
can cause injury or death.
W-2052-0907
Figure 134
NOTE: Warranty
Warranty is void if non-appr
non-approved
oved attachments
attachments
are used on the Bobcat loader. 1
The dealer can identify, for each model loader, the
attachments and buckets approved by Bobcat. The
buckets and attachments are approved for Rated
Operating Capacity (ROC) and for secure fastening to the Load varies with
e
l
Bob-Tach. model of pallet fork
a
being used. s
e
The ROC for this loader is shown on a decal in the R
operator cab. (See Performance on Page 198.) r
o
f
t
The ROC is determined by using a bucket and material of o
N
normal density, such as dirt or dry gravel. If longer NA3116 -
-
buckets are used, the load center moves forward and y
reduces the ROC. If extremely dense material is loaded, p
o
the volume must be reduced to prevent overloading. The maximum load to be carried when using
usi ng a pallet fork C
is shown on a decal located on the pallet
pall et fork frame (Item r
e
l
134].. a
e
D
WRONG See your Bobcat dealer for more information about pallet
fork inspection, maintenance, and replacement. See your
Bobcat dealer for ROC when using a pallet fork and for
other available attachments.
WARNING
Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC).
Excessive load can cause tipping or loss of control.
NA1196 W-2053-0903
Exceeding the ROC [Figure 133] can

133] can cause the following
problems:
• St
Stee
eerin
ringg thethe loade
loaderr may
may be diff difficuicultlt..
• Ti
Tirres wi
willll wear
wear faste
aster.
r.
• Th
Thereree wil
willl bebe a loss
loss of stab
stabililitity.
y.
• Th
Thee life
life ofof the
the Bobc
Bobcat
at loade
loaderr will will be
be redu reduce
ced.
d.
94 of 212
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach)
The Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets and attachments. See the appropriate attachment Operation &
Maintenance Manual to install other attachments.
Installing
e
l
P-85515 P-85514 a
s
e
R
Pull the Bob-Tach levers up until they are fully raised Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the r
o
(wedges fully raised) (Item 1) [Figure 135].
135]. bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground f
t
136]. This procedure will cause the bucket o
[Figure 136].
Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING mounting frame to fit up against the front of the N -
-
PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on on Bob-Tach. y
Page 77.) p
o
Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING
STOPPING C
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page Page r
e
l
LOADER button, and release the parking brake. 90.) a
e
D
Lower the lift arms
ar ms and tilt the Bob-Tach
Bob-Tach forward.
Drive the loader slowly forward until the top edge of the WARNING
Bob-Tach
Bob-T ach is completely under the top flange of the bucket
mounting frame [Figure 135] (or
135] (or other attachment).
NOTE Be sure
sure the Bob-T
Bob-Tach
ach leve
levers
rs do not
not hit the
the Before you leave the operator’s seat:
attachment. • Lo
Lowe
werr the
the lift
lift arms
arms and
and put
put the
the atta
attach
chmen
mentt fl
flat
at on
on
the ground.
• Enga
Engage ge the
the par
parki
king
ng bra
brake.
ke.
• Raisisee the
the seat bar.
• Move
Move all contr
controlsols to the
the NEUT
NEUTRAL
RAL / LOCK
LOCKED ED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions

when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110
95 of 212
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach)
Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)
Installing (Cont’d)
1
1
P-85513
2
P-85513B P-31233A P-31237A
Push down on the Bob-Tach levers until they are fully The wedges (Item 1) must extend through the holes
hole s (Item e
l
a
efully
ngaged in thethrough
locked the
position [Figure 137] (wedges
137] 2) [Figure 138] in the
138] in mounting frame the
of the bucket (or s
e
extended attachment mounting frame other attachment), securely fastening bucket to the R
holes). Bob-Tach. r
o
f
t
Both levers must contact the frame as shown when o
N
locked (Item 1) [Figure 137].
137].
If both levers do not engage in the locked position, see

WARNING -
-
y
p
o
your Bobcat dealer for maintenance. C
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes e
l
a
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be e
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can D
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208
96 of 212
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand
(H and Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)
(Cont’d)
Removing
Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the
ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if
applicable. WARNING
Stop ENGINE
THE the engine andLEAVING
AND exit the loader. (See STOPPING
THE LOADER STOPPING
Page
on Page Bob-Tach levers have spring tension. Hold lever
90.) tightly and release slowly. Failure to obey warning
can cause injury.
in jury.
W-2054-1285
WARNING Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING

PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on on
Page 77.)
Before you leave the operator’s seat: Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE
• Lo
Lowe
werr the
the lift
lift arm
armss and
and put
put the attac
attachm
hment
ent flat
flat on LOADER button, and release the parking brake.
the ground.
• Stop the engine. Figure 140
• Enga
Engage
ge the
the par
parki
king
ng br
brak
ake.
e. e
l
a
• Rais
ise
vee th
Move
Mo the
alle scont
eantro
co t rols
bals
r. to the
the NEU
NEUTR
TRAL
AL / LOC
LOCKE
KEDD s
e
R
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction r
drive functions are deactivated. o
f
t
o
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions N
-
when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for -
y
service if controls do not deactivate. p
W-2463-1110 o
C
r
e
l
Disconnect attachment electrical harness and water or a
e
hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See
(See D
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And And P-85515
Attachment) on Page 73.)
Figure 139 Tilt thefrom

away Bob-Tach
Bob-T
theach forward
bucket and drive the
or attachment loader
[Figure backward,
140]
140]..
P-85512
Pull the Bob-Tach levers up [Figure 139]

139] until they are
fully raised (wedges fully raised).
97 of 212
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach)
This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.

Bob-Tach.
The Power Bob-Tach

Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets and attachments. See the appropriate attachment Operation &
Maintenance Manual to install other attachments.
Installing
Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING Figure 143

OCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on
PROCEDURE.
PR on
Page 77.)
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE

LOADER button, and release the parking
par king brake.
Lower the lift arms

ar ms and tilt the Bob-Tach
Bob-Tach forward.
Figure 141
e
l
a
s
e
P-31231 R
r
o
f
t
Drive the loader slowly forward until the top edge of the o
N
Bob-Tach
Bob-T ach is completely under the top flange of the bucket -
-
mounting frame [Figure 143] (or
143] (or other attachment). y
p
o
NOTE: Be sure the Bob-Tach
Bob-Tach levers
levers do not
not hit the C
attachment. r
e
l
a
NA3094 e
Figure 144 D
re 142
Figure
Figu
P-85361A
Push and hold BOB-TACH WEDGES “UP” switch (Right P-31232

Switch Panel) [Figure 141] 141] until levers (Item 1)
[Figure 142] are
142] are fully raised (wedges fully raised). Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the
bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground
[Figure 144].
144]. This procedure will cause the bucket
mounting frame to fit up against the front of the
Bob Tach.

98 of 212
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power
( Power Bob-Tach)
Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)
Installing (Cont’d)
P-85360B
NA3094
P-31233B
Push and hold BOB-TACH WEDGES “UP” switch (Right e
l
a
Switch Panel)
fully raised [Figure
(wedges 145]
145] to
fully to make sure the levers are
raised). Push and hold BOB-TACH WEDGES “DOWN” switch s e
(Right Switch Panel) [Figure 146]
146] until levers are fully R
r
engaged in the locked position [Figure 147] 147] (wedges f
o
NOTE: The PowerPower Bob-Tach
Bob-Tach system uses fully extended through the attachment mounting frame t
continuously pressurized hydraulic fluid to o
holes). N
keep the wedges in the engaged position and -
-
prevent attachment disengagement. Because Both levers must contact the frame as shown when y
the wedges can slowly lower, the operator p
locked (Item 1) [Figure 147].
147]. o
may need to reactivate the switch (BOB-TACH C
WEDGES “UP”) to be sure both wedges are r
If both levers do not engage in the locked position, see e
l
fully raised before installing the attachment. your Bobcat dealer for maintenance. a
e
D
Figure 146 The wedges (Item 2) [Figure 147] must
147] must extend through
the holes in the mounting frame of the bucket (or other
attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the Bob-
Tach.
WARNING
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208
NA3094
99 of 212
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) (Cont’
(Cont’d)
d)
Removing
Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the Figure 148
ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if
applicable.
If the attachment
connections has electrical, water, or hydraulic
to the loader:
1. Stop
Stop the
the engin
enginee and
and exit
exit the
the load
loader.
er. (See STOPPING
STOPPING
THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page Page
90.)
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH NA3094
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lo
Lowe
werr the
the lift
lift arms
arms and
and put
put the attac
attachm
hment
ent flat
flat on Push and hold BOB-TACH WEDGES “UP” switch (Right e
l
a
• the
Stopground.
the engine. Switch Panel) [Figure 148]
148] until levers are fully raised s
e
(wedges fully raised). R
• Enga
Engage ge the
the par
parki
king
ng brak
brake.
e. r
• Rais
isee th
thee seat bar. o
f
Figure 149 t
• Move
Move all contcontro
rols
ls to
to the
the NEU
NEUTR
TRAL
AL / LOCKE
LOCKED
D o
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction N
-
drive functions are deactivated. -
y
p
o
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions C
when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for r
e
l
service if controls do not deactivate. a
W-2463-1110 e
D
2. Disconnect
Disconnect attachment
attachment electrical
electrical harness
harness and water
or hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See
(See
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And And
Attachment) on Page 73.)
3. Enter
Enter the
the loader
loader and
and perfor
perform
m the PRE-
PRE-STAR
STARTIN
TING
G P-31231
PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
on Page 77.)
Tilt the Bob-Tach forward
forward and drive the loader backward,
4. Start
Start the
the engine
engine,, press
press the
the PRESS
PRESS TO OPERA
OPERATE
TE away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 149].
149].
LOADER button, and release the parking brake.
NOTE: The Power
Power Bob-Tach
Bob-Tach system uses
continuously pressurized hydraulic fluid to
keep the wedges in the engaged position and
prevent attachment disengagement. Because
the wedges can slowly lower, the operator
may need to reactivate the switch (BOB-TACH
WEDGES “UP”) when removing an
attachment to be sure both wedges are fully
raised.
100 of 212
OPERATING PROCEDURE
Inspect The Work Area Basic Operating Instructions
Before beginning operation, inspect the work area for Always warm the engine and hydrostatic system before
unsafe conditions. op
operating
erating the loader.
l oader.
Look for sharp drop-offs or rough terrain. Have

underground utility lines (gas, electrical, water, sewer,
irrigation, etc.) located and marked.
IMPORTANT
Remove objects or other construction material that could
damage the loader or cause personal injury. Machines warmed up with moderate engine speed
and light load have longer life.
Always check ground conditions before starting your I-2015-0284
work:
Operate the loader with engine at full speed for maximum
• Inspec
Inspectt for
for signs
signs of instab
instabilit
ilityy such
such as cracks
cracks or horsepower. Move the steering controls only a small
settlement. amount to operate the loader
l oader slowly.
• Be awar
awaree of weathe
weatherr ccond
onditio
itions
ns that
that can affect
affect ground
ground New operators must operate the loader in an open area
stability. without bystanders. Operate the controls until the loader
can be handled at an efficient and safe rate for all
• Check
Check for adequa
adequate
te tracti
traction
on if workin
workingg on a slope
slope.. conditions of the work area.
e
l
a
Operating Near An Edge Or Water s
e
R
r
Keep the loader as far back from the edge as possible f o
and the loader wheels perpendicular to the edge so that if t
o
part of the edge collapses, the loader can be moved N
back. -
-
y
Always move the loader back at any indication the edge p o
may be unstable. C
r
e
l
a
e
WARNING D
MACHINE TIPPING OR ROLLOVER CAN CAUSE

SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH DEATH
• Keep
Keep the
the lift
lift arm
armss as
as low
low as po poss
ssib ible
le..
• Do no
nott tra
trave
vell or turn
turn with
with the
the lif
liftt aarm
rmss up.
up.
• Turn
urn on lev
levelel gro
groun
und.
d. Slow
Slow dowdown n when
when tur
turnin
ning.
g.
• Go up and
and dowdownn slop
slopes
es,, n
not
ot acro
across ss them.
them.
• Keep
Keep the
the hea
heavyvy end
end of
of the
the mach
machine ine up
uphil
hill.
l.
• Do no
nott ove
verl
rloa
oadd the
the mach
machin ine.
e.
• Chec
Checkk for
for ad
adeqequa
uatete trac
tracti
tion
on..
W-2018-1112
Driving On Public Roads
When operating on a public road or highway, always

follow
Ve hicle local
Vehicle Sign orregulations. For example:
direction signals Slow Moving
may be required.
101 of 212
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Operating With A Full Bucket Operating With An Empty Bucket
With Bucket Full With Bucket Empty
NA1142 NA1134
Going Up Slope Going Up Slope e

l
a
s
e
R
Figure 151 Figure 153 r
o
f
t
o
With Bucket Full With Bucket Empty N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
NA1143 NA1135
Going Down Slope Going Down Slope
With a full bucket, go up or down the slope with the heavy With an empty bucket, go up or down the slope with the
end toward the top of the slope [Figure 150] 150] and heavy end toward the top of the slope [Figure 152] and
152] and
[Figure 151].
151]. [Figure 153].
153].
Raise theground.
on rough bucket only high enough to avoid obstructions Raise theground.
on rough bucket only high enough to avoid obstructions
102 of 212
TOWING THE LOADER LIFTING THE LOADER

Procedure Single-Point Lift
Because of the design of the loader, there is not a

recommended towing procedure.
• The loader
loader can be lifted
lifted onto
onto a ttran
ranspo
sport
rt vehicle
vehicle..
WARNING
• The loader
loader can be skidde
skiddedd a short
short distan
distance
ce to move
move AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Before
Before lift
lifting,
ing, check
check fastene
fasteners
rs on single
single point
point llift
ift
for service
vehicle.) (EXAMPLE:
without damage toMove onto a transport
the hydrostatic system. and operator cab.
(The tires will not turn.) There may be slight wear to • Asse
Assemb
mble
le fro
front
nt cab
cab fas
fasten
tener
erss as sho
shown
wn in
in this
this
the tires when the loader is skidded. manual.
• Never
Never allow
allow ride
riders
rs in the
the cab
cab or bystan
bystander
derss withi
withinn
The towing chain (or cable) must be rated at 1.5 times the 5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.
W-2007-0910
weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page 198.)
The loader can be lifted with the Single-Point Lift that is

available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.
The Single-Point Lift, supplied by Bobcat, is designed to

lift and support the Bobcat loader without affecting
rollover and falling object protection features of the
e
l
operator cab. a
s
e
Figure 154 R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
NA5795
Attach lift to lift eye [Figure 154].

154].
NOTE: Be sure the lifting

lifting equipment
equipment is of adequate
adequate
size and capacity for the weight of the loader.
(See Performance on Page 198.)
103 of 212
LIFTING THE LOADER (CONT’D)

Four-Point Lift
Figure 156
WARNING CORRECT WRONG

• Before
Before lifting,
lifting, check
check fastene
fasteners
rs on four
four poin
pointt li
lift.
ft.
• Never
Never allow
allow ride
riders
rs in the
the cab
cab or bystan
bystander
derss within
within
5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.
W-2160-0910
The loader can be lifted with the Four-Point Lift that is

available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.
Figure 155
1
NA5306 NA5307
Attach cables or chains to lift eyes [Figure 156].

156]. e
l
a
s
e
NOTE: Sling legs
legs should not contact
contact any part of the
the R
operator cab or lift arms to prevent damage. r
o
f
t
NOTE: The required
required length
length of front and
and rear sling
sling o
N
legs may or may not be equal depending on -
-
1 loader configuration. Departure angle (Item 1) y
[Figure 156] in
156] in this view has been exceeded, p
o
NA5305
sling leg length must be adjusted to prevent C
this situation. r
e
l
a
NOTE: The loader
loader should
should be lifted as as close to e
NOTE: Be sure the lifting
lifting equipment
equipment is of adequate
adequate D
horizontal as possible, but at no time should size and capacity for the weight of the loader.
the angle of the suspended loader exceed the (See Performance on Page 198.)
departure angle (Item 1) [Figure 155] provided
155] provided
in the specifications section. (See Machine
Machine
Dimensions on Page 197.)
104 of 212
TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER

Loading And Unloading Fastening
Figure 158
WARNING Rear Tie-Down Front Tie-Down
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH

Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are
needed to support the weight of the machine when
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can
break and cause personal injury
inj ury..
W-2058-0807 P107245A P107253A
Be sure the transport and towing vehicles are of

adequate size and capacity for weight of loader. (See
(See
Performance
Performance on Page 198.)
Figure 157
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
P-85466D o
N
Al
Alte
terna
rnate
te Rea
Rearr Tie-
Tie-Do
Down
wn Al
Alte
terna
rnate
te Fro
Front
nt Tie
Tie-D
-Dow
ownn -
-
y
p
o
1 C
r
e
l
P-85465D a
e
D
A loader with an empty bucket or no attachment must be P107246A P-85599C

lo aded backward onto the transport vehicle [Figure 157].
loaded 157].
Use the following procedure to fasten the Bobcat loader
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or supported (Item to the transport vehicle to prevent the loader from moving
1) [Figure 157] when
157] when loading or unloading the loader to during sudden stops, or when going up or down slopes
prevent the front end of the trailer from raising up. [Figure 158].
158].
1. Lower
Lower the
the bucket
bucket or
or attach
attachmen
mentt to the
the floor.
floor.
2. Stop
Stop the en
engi
gine
ne..
3. En
Enga
gage
ge the
the pa
park
rkin
ingg brak
brake.
e.
4. Install
Install chains
chains atat the
the front
front aand
nd rear
rear loader
loader tie-dow
tie-downn
positions [Figure 158].
158]. (Lift arms shown raised for
visual clarity.)
5. Fasten
Fasten each
each end of the
the chain
chain to
to the transport
transport vehicle.
vehicle.
6. Use chain
chain binde
binders
rs to
to tight
tighten
en the
the chain
chains.
s.
105 of 212
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
SERVICE SCHEDULE
SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
. 108
Maintenance
Maintenance Interva
Intervals
ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
. 108
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM ((BICS™)

BOBCAT BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine (En gine STOPPED - Key ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Inspectingg The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine
Inspectin (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..110 110
Inspecting The Traction Traction Lock And Parking Parking Brake (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 . 110
Inspecting
Inspecti ng The Lift Arm Bypass Co Control
ntrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Inspectingg Deactivation
Inspectin Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Function Functionss (ACS And SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..110 110
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..111

SEAT 111
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
. 111
Inspectionn And Maintenance
Inspectio Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 e

l
a
Inspection And Maintenance
Inspection Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 s
e
R
r
LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 o
f
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
. 114 t
o
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
. 115 N
-
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116. 116 -
y
p
o
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 C
r
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
. 117 e
l
a
Inspectionn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Inspectio . 117 e
Adjusting Switch
Switch Po Position
sition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..118 118 D
OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

OPERATOR . 119
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
. 119
Cab Door Sensor
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 . 119
Raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
. 120
Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
. 121
REAR DOOR (T (TAILGA

AILGATE)
TE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..122 122
Opening And Closing
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122. 122
Adjusting Latch
Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
. 122
REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 . 123

Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123. 123
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
. 123
106 of 212
HEATING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

HEATING
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Heater Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
ENGINE AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

Replacing Filters
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..129 129

Fuel Specifications
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Biodiesel Blend
Blend Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Filling The Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Removingg Air Fro
Removin From m The Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
ENGINE LUBRICATION
LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..133 133
Checking
Checking And Adding En Engine
gine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 . 133
Engine Oil Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Removingg And Replaci
Removin Replacing ng Oil And Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 . 134
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 e

l
a
Maintenance
Maintenan
Cooling ceem
Syst Platf
Platform
System orm . .ation
Identific . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...135
Identification 135
135
s
e
R
r
Cleaning (Earlier
(Earlier Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..136 136 o
f
Cleaning (Later
(Later Model
Models)
s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..137 137 t
o
Checking
Checking And Adding C Coolant
oolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..138 138 N
-
Removin Replacing
ng Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 . 139 -
y
p
o
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 . 140 C
r
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 e
l
a
Fuse And Relay
Relay Location / Ident Identification
ification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 e
Battery Maintenance
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 . 142 D
Using A Booster
Booster Battery (Jump St Starting)
arting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Removing And Installing
Installing Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEMSYSTE M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 . 145
Checking
Checking And Adding F Fluid
luid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Hydraulicc / Hydrostat
Hydrauli Hydrostatic
ic Fluid Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 . 145
Removingg And Replacing Hyd
Removin Hydraulic
raulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Removing And Replacing
Replacing Hydraul
Hydraulic ic / Hydrosta
Hydrostatic tic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Removin Replacingng Hydrau
Hydraulic lic Charge Filte Filterr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Replacing Reservoir
Reservoir Bre
Breather
ather Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 . 151
SPARK
SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..152 152
Cleaning Procedure
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
. 152
TIRE MAINTENANCE
Wheel Nuts . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..153
. 153
153
Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

107 of 212
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE)

(CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Checking
Checking And Adding Flu
Fluid
id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Removingg And Replacin
Removin Replacingg Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..154
154
ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155

Belt Adjustment
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
. 155
Belt Replacement
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
. 155
DRIVE BELT
BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
. 156
Belt Adjustment
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
. 156
Belt Replacement
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 . 157
AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL ACCUMULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

Checking
Checking Accumul
Accumulator
ator Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..159
159
LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..160

LUBRICATING 160
Lubricationn Location
Lubricatio Locationss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
. 160
PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

PIVOT . 162
Inspectio Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
e
l
a
BOB-T
BOB-TACH
ACH (HAND
Inspection
Inspectio LEVER) .ce. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...163
n And Maintenance
Maintenan 163
163
s
e
R
r
o
f
BOB-TACH (PO
BOB-TACH (POWER)
WER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
. 164 t
o
Inspectio Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 N
-
-
y
LOADER STORAGE
STORAGE AND RETURN T TOO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 p
o
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
. 165 C
r
Return To
To Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 . 165 e
l
a
e
D
108 of 212
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
when making repairs, adjustments or servicing.
ser vicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be aler
alert!
t! Y
Your
our safety is
involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.
CORRECT CORRECT CORRECT
P-90216 NA1204 NA1193
Never service the Bobcat Skid- Use the correct procedure to lift or Cleaning and maintenance are
Steer Loader without instructions. lower operator cab. required daily.
WRONG WRONG WRONG
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
NA1192 NA1205 NA1206 o
f
t
Have good ventilation when Disconnecting or loosening any Never work on loader with lift o
welding or grinding painted hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, arms up unless lift arms are held N
parts. component or a part failure can by an approved lift arm support -
-
Wear dust mask when grinding cause lift arms to drop. Do not go device. Replace if damaged. y
painted parts. Toxic dust and gas under lift arms when raised Never modify equipment or add p
can be produced. unless supported by an attachments not approved by o
Avoid exhaust fume leaks which approved lift arm support device. Bobcat Company. C
can kill without warning. Exhaust Replace it if damaged. r
e
l
system must be tightly sealed. a
e
WRONG WRONG WRONG D
NA1200 NA1191 B-6589
Stop, cool and clean engine of Keep body, jewelry and clothing Lead-acid batteries produce
flammable materials before away from moving parts, flammable and explosive gases.
checking fluids. electrical contact, hot parts and Keep arcs, sparks, flames and
Never service or adjust loader exhaust. lighted tobacco away from
with the engine running unless Wear eye protection to guard batteries.
instructed to do so in the from battery acid, compressed Batteries contain acid which
manual. springs, fluids under pressure burns eyes or skin on contact.
Avoid contact with leaking and flying debris when engines Wear protective clothing. If acid
hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel are running or tools are used. contacts body, flush well with
under pressure. It can penetrate Use eye protection approved for water. For eye contact flush well
the skin or eyes. type of welding. and get immediate medical
Never fill fuel tank with engine Keep rear door closed except for attention.
running, while smoking or when service. Close and latch door
near open flame. before operating the loader.
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/
operator without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual must be performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat
replacement parts. The Service Safety T Training
raining Course is available from your Bobcat dealer.
MSW35-0409

109 of 212
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Maintenance Intervals
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals.

Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early
failures. WARNING
The service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance
of the Bobcat loader. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807
Every 10 Hours (Before Starting The Loader)
• Engine Oil -
Oil - Check level and add as needed. (See Page 133.)
Engine Air Filters and Air System -
System - Check display panel. Service only when required. Check for leaks and damaged e
l
• a
components. (See Page 127.) s
e
• Engine Cooling System -
System - Clean debris from radiator, hydraulic fluid cooler, and rear grille. Check coolant level COLD R
and add premixed coolant as needed. (See Page 136.) or 136.) or (See Page 137.) and
137.) and (See Page 138.) r
o
f
• Fuel Filter -
Filter - Remove the trapped water. (See Page 131.) t
• Lift Arms, Lift Links,
Li nks, Cylinders, Bob-Tach, Pivot Pins, Wedges
Wedges - - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease. o
N
(See Page 160.) -
-
• Seat Belt, Seat Belt Retractors, Seat Bar, Control Interlocks -
Interlocks - Check the condition of seat belt. Clean or replace y
seat belt retractors as needed. Check the seat bar and control interlocks for correct operation. Clean dirt and debris p
o
from moving parts. (See Page 111.) and
111.) and (See Page 113.) C
r
• Bobcat Interlock Control Systems (BICS™) -(BICS™) - Check for correct function. Lift and Tilt functions MUST NOT operate e
l
with seat bar raised. (See Page 110.) a
e
• Front Horn / Back-up Alarm -
Alarm - Check for proper function. (See Page 37.) and
37.) and (See Page 117.) D
• Tires -
Tires - Check for damaged tires
ti res and correct air pressure. Inflate to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the sidewall of the
tire. (See Page 153.)
• Operator Cab -
Cab - Check the fastening bolts,
bol ts, washers, and nuts. Check the condition of the cab. (See Page 119.)
• Indicators and Lights -
Lights - Check for correct operation of all indicators and lights. (See Page 26.)
• Wheel Nuts -
Nuts - Perform every 10 hours or daily for the first 30 hours, then as scheduled. Check for loose wheel nuts
and tighten to correct torque. (See Page 153.)
• Safety Signs and Safety Treads -
reads - Check for damaged signs (decals) and safety treads. Replace any signs or safety
treads that are damaged or worn. (See Page 16.) and16.) and (See Page 77.)
• Hydraulic Fluid -
Fluid - Check fluid level and add as needed. (See Page 145.)
• Heater Filters (if
Filters (if equipped) - Clean or replace filters as needed. (See Page 124.)
SS SSL LF EXLF T3 MF EXMF iT4-0315

110 of 212
SERVICE SCHEDULE (CONT’D)

Maintenance Intervals (Cont’
(Cont ’d)
Every 50 Hours
• Hydraulic Hoses and Tubelines -

ubelines - Check for damage and leaks. Repair or replace as needed.
• Final Drive Transmission (Chaincase) -
(Chaincase) - Check fluid level and add as needed. (See Page 154.)
• Parking Brake, Foot Pedals, Hand Controls and Steering Levers, or Joysticks -
Joysticks - Check for correct operation.
Repair or adjust as needed.
•• Wheel
EngineNuts -
Nuts - Check for
/ Hydrostatic loose
Drive w heel
wheel
Belt
Belt - nuts and
- Perform tighten
at first to correct
50 hours, thentorque. (See Page
as scheduled. 153.)
Check for wear or damage. Adjust or
replace as needed. (See Page 156.)
• Engine Oil and Filter -
Filter - Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled. Replace oil and filter. (See Page 134.)
Every 100 Hours
• Spark Arrester -
Arrester - Empty spark chamber. (See Page 152.)
• Battery -
Battery - Check cables, connections, and electrolyte level; add distilled water as needed. (See Page 142.)
Filter - Perform every 100 hours when operating under severe conditions. Replace oil and filter. (See
(See
Page 134.)
Every 250 Hours or Every 12 Months

e
l
• Fuel Filter -
Filter - Replace filter. (See Page 131.) a
• Engine / Hydrostatic Drive Belt -
Belt - Check for wear or damage. Adjust or replace as needed. (See Page 156.) s
e
• Drive Belt (Alternator, water pump) -
pump) - Check condition. Replace as needed. (See Page 155.) R
• Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) -
(BICS™) - Check the function of the lift arm bypass control. (See Page 110.) r
o
f
Filter - Replace oil and filter. (See Page 134.) t
o
N
Every 500 Hours or Every 12 Months -
-
y
• Hydraulic Charge Filter, Hydraulic Reservoir Breather Cap -Cap - Replace the charge filter and the reservoir breather p
o
cap. (See Page 149.) and
149.) and (See Page 151.) C
r
• Heater Coil (if
Coil (if equipped) - Clean the heater coil. Clean the plenum drains. (See Page 125.) e
l
a
e
Every 1000 Hours or Every 12 Months D
• Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter -

Filter - Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter. (See Page 148.)
• Hydraulic Reservoir -
Reservoir - Replace the fluid. (See Page 146.)
• Final Drive Transmission (Chaincase) -
(Chaincase) - Replace the fluid. (See Page 154.)
• Engine Valves -
Valves - Adjust the engine valve clearance.
Every 24 Months
• Coolant -
Coolant - Replace the coolant. (See Page 139.)
SS SSL LF EXLF T3 MF EXMF iT4-0315

111 of 212
BOBCAT
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL
CO NTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service interval.
i nterval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 108.)
Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) Inspecting The Traction Lock And Parking Brake
(Engine RUNNING)
Figure 159
6. Fasten
Fasten seat
seat belt,
belt, disengage
disengage parking
parking brake,
brake, press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button, and raise
1 2 3 seat bar fully. Move steering levers or joystick(s)
slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock
must be engaged. Lower the seat bar. Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE
OPERATE LOADER button.
7. Engage
Engage parki
parking
ng brake
brake and
and move steesteerin
ringg levers
levers or
4 joystick(s) slowly forward and backward. The
TRACTION lock must be engaged. See your Bobcat
dealer for service if loader fails to stop.
5 NOTE: The PARKING
PARKING BRAKE
BRAKE light
light on the left
left
instrument panel will remain ON until the
6 engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE
P-85413F LOADER button is pressed, and the parking
brake is disengaged.
1. Sit in operator’s
operator’s seat. Turn key switch
switch to RUN.
RUN. Lower
Lower Inspecting The Lift Arm Bypass Control e
l
a
seat barTO
and disengage parking brake. Press the 8. Raise
Raise the lift
lift arms
arms 2 m (6 ft)
ft) off
off the grou
ground.
nd. Stop
Stop s
e
PRESS OPERA
OPERATETE LOADER button (Item 6). Two engine. Turn lift arm bypass control knob 90° R
BICS™ lights (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 159]
159] [SEAT clockwise. Pull up and hold lift arm bypass control r
o
f
BAR and LIFT AND TILT VALVE] on left instrument knob until lift arms slowly lower. t
panel must be OFF. The PRESS TO OPERATE o
Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions N
LOADER button will light. -
(ACS And SJC) -
y
2. Raise seat bar fully. All three
three BICS™ lights (Items
(Items 1,
1, 9. Sit in operator’s
operator’s seat and fasten
fasten seat belt. Lower seat p
o
2, and 3) [Figure 159]
159] [SEAT BAR, LIFT AND TILT bar, start engine, and press the PRESS TO C
VALVE, and PARKING BRAKE] on left instrument r
OPERATE LOADER button. e
l
panel must be ON. The PRESS TO OPERATE a
LOADER button light will turn OFF. 10. Raise lift arms approximately
approximately 2 m (6 ft) off
off the ground. e
D
11. Turn key switch
switch to STOP
STOP and wait for
for the engine
engine to
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics come to a complete stop.
System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON)
12. Turn key switch
switch to RUN. PressPress the PRESS TO
operator’s seat, lower seat bar, and press
press the OPERATE LOADER button, move the control (foot
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 6). pedal, hand control, or joystick) to lower the lift arms.
Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 5). The Lift arms must not lower.
auxiliary hydraulics light will turn ON (Item 4) 13. Move the control
control (foot pedal, hand control,
control, or joystick)
[Figure 159].
159]. Raise the seat bar. The light will turn to tilt the bucket (or attachment) forward. The bucket
OFF. (or attachment) must not tilt forward.
Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING)
operator’s seat, lower seat bar, engage parking
parking WARNING
brake, and fasten seat belt.
5. Start
Start engin
enginee and oper
operate
ate at
at low idle.
idle. Pres
Presss the The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) must
PRESS
the TO OPERATE
lift arms, LOADER
raise the seat button.
bar fully. While
The lift raisi
raising
arms mustng deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it
does not, contact your dealer for service. DO NOT
stop. Repeat using the tilt function. modify the system.
W-2151-1111

112 of 212
SEAT
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Description
Figure 160 Models with Advanced Control System (ACS) have

mechanical interlocks for the handles and pedals. The
interlocks for the handles and pedals require the operator
to lower the seat bar in order to operate the selected
controls.
When
PRESStheTOseat bar is down,
OPERATE LOADERthe button
engineisisactivated,
running, and
the
the brake is released; the lift, tilt, and traction drive
1 functions can be operated.
When the seat bar is up, the handles and pedals are
locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position.
Models with Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) have

have
P-90674C electrical deactivation of lift and tilt functions. Activation of
functions require the operator to lower the seat bar.
The seat bar restraint system has a pivoting seat bar with When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the
armrests (Item 1) [Figure 160].
160]. PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
e
the brake is released; the lift, tilt, and traction drive l
a
The s
bar inoperator
the downcontrols
positionthe usetoofkeep
helps the seat bar. Theinseat
the operator the functions can be operated. e
R
seat. When the seat bar is up, the lift and tilt functions are r
o
deactivated even though the joysticks do not f t
Models with Standard Controls have hydraulic valve mechanically lock. o
N
spool interlocks for the lift and tilt functions. The spool -
-
interlocks require the operator to lower the seat bar in y
order to operate the foot pedal controls. p
o
C
When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the r
e
l
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and a
the brake is released; the lift, tilt, and traction drive e
D
functions can be operated.
When the seat bar is up, the lift and tilt control pedals are
a re
locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position.
113 of 212
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CONT’D)

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Figure 161
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 108.)
2
Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the
parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start
the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button.
Operate the hydraulic controls to check that the lift and tilt
functions operate correctly. Raise the lift arms until the 1
attachment is approximately 600 mm (2 ft) off the ground.
Raise the seat bar. Move the hydraulic controls. Pedals

and handles (if equipped) must be firmly locked in the P-90643B
P-85308A
NEUTRAL position (except joysticks). There must be no
motion of the lift arms or tilt (attachment) when the
controls are moved. Use compressed air to clean any debris or dirt from the
pivot parts. Do not lubricate. Inspect all mounting
Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE hardware. The correct hinge nut (both sides) (Item 1)
LOADER button, and lower the lift arms. Operate the lift torque is 34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb). The seat bar sensor
nut (left side only) (Item 2) [Figure 161] torque
161] torque is 6 - 8 e
l
control. While the lift arms are going up, raise the seat a
bar. The lift arms must stop. N•m (50 - 70 in-lb). s
e
R
Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE If the seat bar system does not function correctly,
correctly, replace r
o
f
LOADER button, lower the lift arms, and put the parts that are worn or damaged. Use only genuine t
attachment flat on the ground. Stop the engine. Raise the Bobcat replacement parts. o
N
seat bar. Operate the foot pedals and handles (if -
-
equipped) to be sure they are firmly locked in the y
p
NEUTRAL position (except joysticks).
WARNING o
C
r
e
l
a
The seat bar system must deactivate the lift and tilt e
control functions when the seat bar is up. See your D
Bobcat dealer for service if hydraulic controls do not
deactivate.
W-2465-0111
114 of 212
SEAT BELT
Figure 162
WARNING 1
Failure to properly inspect and maintain the seat belt

can cause lack of operator restraint resulting in 3
serious injury or death.
W-2466-0703
Check the seat belt daily for correct function.
Inspect the seat belt system thoroughly at least once

each year, or more often if the machine is exposed to
severe environmental
environmental conditions or applications. 2 4
Any seat belt system that shows cuts, fraying, extreme or

unusual wear, significant discolorations due to ultraviolet
UV exposure, dusty / dirty conditions, abrasion to the
seat belt webbing, or damage to the buckle, latch plate,
e
l
retractor (if equipped), hardware, or any other obvious a
problem should be replaced immediately
immediately.. s
e
R
The items below are referenced in [Figure 162].
162]. r
o
f
t
1. Check
Check the
the webbing
webbing.. If the
the system
system is
is equipp
equipped
ed with
with a 5 o
N
retractor, pull the webbing completely out and inspect -
-
the full length of the webbing. Look for cuts, wear, y
NA3113 p
fraying, dirt, and stiffness. o
C
r
2. Check the buckle and latch for correct
correct operat
operation.
ion. e
l
Make sure latch plate is not excessively worn or a
e
deformed and buckle is not damaged or casing D
broken.
3. Check the retractor

retractor web storage
storage device (if equippe
equipped)
d)
by extending webbing to determine if it looks correct,
and that it spools out and retracts webbing correctly.
4. Check
Check webbin
webbingg in areas
areas exposed
exposed to ultr
ultravi
aviole
olett (UV)
rays from the sun, or extreme dust or dirt. If the
original color of the webbing in these areas is
extremely faded and / or the webbing is packed with
dirt, the webbing strength may have deteriorated.
5. Check
Check the
the hardwa
hardware
re on both
both sides
sides of the
the seat.
seat.
Hardware should be tight. Hardware must not be
missing, rusted, corroded, or damaged.
See your Bobcat dealer for seat belt system replacement

parts for your machine.
115 of 212
LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE

Description
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
Service lift arm support device if damaged or if parts

are missing. Using a damaged lift arm support or
with missing parts can cause lift arms to drop
causing injury or death.
W-2572-0407
Figure 163
e
l
a
1 s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
2 e
l
a
e
P109033 D
The lift arm support device (Item 1) [Figure 163] is

163] is used
to support the lift arms while working on a machine with
the lift arms up.
A decal (Item 2) [Figure 163] located

163] located on the right side of
the operator cab provides instructions for installing and
removing the lift arm support
suppor t device.
The procedures are described in more detail on the

following pages. (See Installing on Page 115.) and
115.) and (See
(See
Removing on Page 116.)
116 of 212
LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE (CONT’D)

Installing
Figure 165
DANGER
1
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disco
Disconne
nnect
cting
ing or loo loose
senin
ning
g anyany hyd
hydra
raul
ulic
ic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure P109014
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep
Keep out
out of
of this
this are
areaa when
when lift
lift ar
arms
ms are
are ra
raise
isedd Lower the lift arm support device to the top of the lift
unless supported by an approved lift arm cylinder. Hook the free end of the spring (Item 1)
support. Replace if damaged. [Figure 165] e
165] to the lift arm support device to prevent l
a
D-1009-0409 interference with lift arm support device engagement. s
e
R
Remove attachment from the loader. (See Installing And
And Sit in the operator’s seat, fasten the seat belt, and lower r
o
f
Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) on on the seat bar. Start the engine. t
Page 93.) OR (See Installing And Removing The The o
N
Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) on Page 96.) Figure 166 -
-
y
Figure 164 p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
1 2 D
2
P109015A P109016A
P107247A P109013
Raise the lift arms until the lift arm support device drops
onto the lift cylinder rod (Item 1) [Figure 166].
166].
Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader frame
(Inset) [Figure 164].
164]. Lower the lift arms slowly until the lift arm support device
is held between the lift arm and the lift cylinder.
cyli nder.
Disconnect the spring (Item 3) from the lift arm support
Stop the engine, raise the seat bar, unbuckle the seat
device retaining pin (Item
(Item 1) with 2). Support
your hand the lift the
and remove armretaining
support belt, and make sure lift and tilt functions are deactivated.
pin [Figure 164].
164].
Install the retaining pin (Item 2) [Figure 166] into the rear
Install the retaining pin (Item 2) [Figure 166] into
166] into the rear
of the lift arm support device below the lift cylinder rod.

117 of 212
LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE (CONT’D)

Removing
Figure 168
DANGER
P-90328
AVOID DEATH
• Disco
Disconne
nnect
cting
ing or loo loose
senin
ning
g anyany hyd
hydra
raul
ulic
ic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure P109012
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep
Keep out
out of
of this
this are
areaa when
when lift
lift arms
arms are
are ra
raise
isedd Raise the lift arms a small amount. The spring will lift the
unless supported by an approved lift arm lift arm support device off the lift cylinder rod
support. Replace if damaged. [Figure 168].
168]. Fully lower the lift arms.
ar ms. e
l
a
D-1009-0409 s
e
Stop the engine, raise the seat bar, unbuckle the seat R
Figure 167 belt, and make sure lift and tilt functions are deactivated. r
o
f
t
Disconnect the spring from the bracket. o
N
-
-
Figure 169 y
1 p
2 o
C
r
e
l
1 a
e
D
3
2
P109017
Remove the retaining pin (Item 3) [Figure 167] from

167] from the
lift arm support device. P109013
Connect the spring (Item 1) from the lift arm support

device to the bracket (Item 2) [Figure 167] on
167] on the bottom Raise the lift arm support device into storage position
of the lift arm. and insert the retaining pin (Item 1) through the lift arm
support device and the bracket. Hook the spring (Item 2)
Sit in the operator’s seat, fasten the seat belt, and lower [Figure 169] to
169] to the retaining pin.
the seat bar. Start the engine.
Remove the jackstands.
118 of 212
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM

Description
The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse position. Slight
movement of the controls into the reverse position is required with hydrostatic transmissions, before the back-up alarm will
sound.
Inspection
Figure 170
e
l
a
2 s
e
R
1 r
o
P115815 f
t
o
N
Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connections (Item 1) -
P-90644
[Figure 171], 171], and -
171], wire harness (Item 2) [Figure 171], y
back-up alarm switches (if equipped) (Item 1) p o
Inspect for damaged or missing back-up alarm decal [Figure 172]
172] for tightness and damage. Repair or C
170]. Replace if required. replace any damaged components. r
e
l
a
Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the If the back-up alarm switches require adjustment, (See e
(See D
parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start Adjusting Switch Position on Page 118.)
the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button. Disengage the parking brake.
Move both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse

position. The back-up alarm must sound when all wheels
or both tracks are moving in reverse.
The back-up alarm is located on the inside of the rear

door.
119 of 212
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Adjusting Switch Position
NOTE: Joystick
Joystick equipped
equipped machines
machines do not have have Figure 173
back-up alarm switches and cannot be
adjusted. See your Bobcat dealer for service if
your back-up alarm does not sound. 1
Standard Controls And ACS (If Equipped)
Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising
Raising 2
on Page 120.) 3
Put the steering levers in the NEUTRAL position.
Figure 172
P-85723A
Loosen the screws (Item 3) [Figure 173]

173] securing the
1 back-up alarm switch. (Left side shown)
e
l
a
Position the back-up alarm switch so that the roller (Item s
e
1) just makes contact with the bellcrank (Item 2) R
[Figure 173] without
173] without compressing the switch spring. r
o
f
t
Torque the screws (Item 3) [Figure 173] 173] securing the o
N
switch to the bracket to 1,0 - 1,4 N•m (9 - 12 in-lb). -
-
P109277 y
Repeat adjustment procedure for the other switch. p
o
C
The back-up alarm switches (Item 1) [Figure 172]
172] are Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 121.) r
e
l
located alongside the steering bellcranks. Both switches a
must be adjusted properly for the back-up alarm to Inspect back-up alarm system for proper function. (See
(See e
D
operate correctly. Inspection on Page 117.)
120 of 212
OPERATOR CAB
Description Cab Door Sensor
The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and This machine may be equipped with a Cab Door Sensor.
FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be Figure 174
worn for rollover protection.
Check the cab, mounting, and hardware for damage.

Never modify
damaged. Seethe cab.
your Replace
Bobcat theforcab
dealer and hardware if
parts.
ROPS - Roll-Over Protective Structure per ISO 3471 and

FOPS - Falling-Object Protective Structure per ISO 3449,
Level I. Level II is available.
Level I 1
Protection from falling bricks, small concrete blocks,
and hand tools encountered in operations, such as:
highway maintenance, landscaping, and other P-68116B
construction sites.
e
The cab door has a sensor (Item 1) [Figure 174] l
Level II a
installed that deactivates the lift and tilt valves when the s
e
Protection from falling trees, rocks: for machines door is open. R
involved in site clearing, overhead demolition, or r
o
f
forestry. Figure 175 t
o
N
-
-
WARNING 2 y
p
o
C
r
e
l
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding, 1 a
drilling holes or adding attachments unless e
D
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or
death. NA3275
W-2069-0200
The LIFT AND TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 175] is

175] is
OFF when the door is closed, the key switch is turned to
RUN, the seat bar is lowered, and the PRESS TO
OPERATE
OPERA TE LOADER button is pressed.
The LIFT AND TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 175] is

175] is
ON when the door is open, the key switch is turned to
RUN, the seat bar is lowered, and the PRESS TO
OPERATE
OPERA TE LOADER button is pressed.
[DOOR] will appear in the data display (Item 2)

[DOOR]
[Figureto175]
turned 175] when
RUN, the door
the seat bar isislowered,
open, the
andkey
theswitch
PRESS is
TO OPERATE
121 of 212
OPERATOR
(CONT’D )
Raising
Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the

operator cab.
Stop the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms. If

WARNING
the lift arms must be up while raising the operator cab,
install the lift arm support device. (See LIFT ARM ARM UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT
LI FT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACTCONTACT WITH
SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 114.) CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
Figure 176 INJURY OR DEATH
• ST
STOP
OP ENGI
ENGINE
NE bef
befor
oree rais
raisin
ing
g or lo
lower
wering
ing cab.
cab.
W-2758-0908
NOTE: On some machine

machines,
s, the operator
operator cab
cab frame
can contact the steering levers while raising
or lowering the operator cab. The engine
MUST be stopped before raising or lowering
the operator cab.
Figure 178
e
l
a
P107247 s
e
R
r
Install jackstands under the rear of the loader frame o
f
[Figure 176].
176]. t
o
N
-
Figure 177 -
y
p
Hardware IIn
nstalled Hardware R
Reemoved o
C
r
e
l
a
P-85460 e
D
Lift on the grab handles and bottom of the operator cab

[Figure 178] slowly
178] slowly until the operator cab is all the way
up and the latching mechanism engages.
P100235A P100236A
Remove the nuts and washers [Figure 177] (both

177] (both sides)
at the front corners of the operator cab.
122 of 212
OPERATOR
(CONT’D )
Lowering
Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the Support the operator cab and release the latching
operator cab. mechanism (Inset) [Figure 179].
179]. Remove your hand
from the latch mechanism when the operator cab is past
NOTE: Always use
use the grab
grab handles
handles to lower
lower the the latch stop. Use both hands to lower the operator cab
operator cab. all the way down.
Figure 179
WARNING
PINCH POINT CAN CAUSE INJURY
Remove your hand from the latching mechanism
when the cab is past the latch stop.
W-2469-0803
Figure 180
Hardware Re
Removed Hardware IIn
nstalled
e
l
a
P100953 P-85461 s
e
R
r
o
f
Pull down on the bottom of the operator cab until stopped t
by the latching mechanism [Figure 179].
179]. o
N
-
-
NOTE: The weight
weight of the operator
operator cab increas
increases
es y
when equipped with options and accessories, p
o
such as: cab door and heater. In these cases, C
the operator cab may need to be raised r
e
l
slightly from the latch to be able to release the a
latch. e
D
P100236A P100235A
WARNING Install the washers and nuts (both sides) [Figure 180].
180].
Tighten the nuts to 54 - 61 N•m (40 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
ATTACHMENT
MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACTCONTACT WITH Remove the jackstands.
CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH
• ST
STOP
OP ENGI
ENGINE
NE bef
befor
oree rais
raising
ing or low
lower
erin
ing
g cab.
cab.
W-2758-0908
NOTE: On some machines

machines,, the operator
operator cab frame
can contact the steering levers while raising
or lowering the operator cab. The engine
MUST be stopped before raising or lowering
the operator cab.
123 of 212
REAR DOOR (TAILGATE)

Opening And Closing Adjusting Latch
P109172A P-85698B
Reach into the slot on the right side of the rear door and The door latch striker (Item 1) [Figure 183]
183] can be
pull the latch handle (Item 1) [Figure 181].
181]. Pull the rear adjusted up or down for alignment with the door latch.
door open. e
l
a
Close the rear door before operating the loader. s
e
The rear door is equipped
equi pped with a door stop feature on the R
top hinge. r
o
f
t
Figure 182 o
N
-
-
y
p
o
1 2 C
r
e
l
a
e
D
P-85446 P-85447
Move the door stop into the engaged position (Item 1) to

hold the door open. Move the door stop up (Item 2)
[Figure 182] to
182] to allow the door to close.
WARNING
Keep the rear door closed when operating the
machine. Failure to do so could seriously injure a
bystander.
W-2020-1285
Close the rear door.

124 of 212
REAR GRILLE
Removing Installing
Stop the engine and open the rear door. Figure 185
Figure 184
1
P107953A P107279
P107251
Align the edge of the rear grille under the shield (Item 1),
insert the tabs into the slots (Right Side Shown) (Inset)
Lift and pull the rear grille backward to remove from the [Figure 185],
185], and lower. e
l
a
loader [Figure 184].
184]. s
e
Close the rear door. R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
125 of 212
HEATING
HEATING SYSTEM
This machine may be equipped with
wi th a cab heater.
Filters
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service interval.

i nterval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 108.)
Fresh Air Filters Recirculation Filter
2
3
1
e
l
a
P-90489A P-90492A P100755 s
e
R
r
o
f
The fresh air filters are located behind the side windows The recirculation filter is located behind the operator’s t
outside the operator cab. (Right side shown) Remove the seat inside the operator cab. The filter cover is held in o
N
retaining screw (Item 3) and the filter cover (Item 2) position with three clips. Pull the cover at each end (Item -
-
[Figure 186].
186]. (Lift arms shown raised for visual clarity
clari ty.)
.) 1) [Figure 187] to
187] to remove. y
p
o
NOTE: Loosen
Loosen the upper
upper filter cover
cover bolt
bolt (Item 1) Rinse the filter with water or use a vacuum cleaner to C
[Figure 186] to
186] to allow removal and installation clean. Do not use solvents. r
e
l
of the cover if equipped with the a
High-Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filter Line up the clips on the filter
fil ter cover with the slots provided e
D
kit. and push the cover into position.
Shake the filter (Item 4) [Figure 186] or

186] or use low pressure
air to remove dirt. This procedure can be done several
times before replacement is required. Install the filter, the
filter cover, and the retaining screw.
126 of 212
HEATING
HEATING SYSTEM (CONT’D)
(CON T’D)
Heater Coil
Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 120.)
1
1
2
P100756 P109544
Unhook the cover latches (Item 2) and remove the cover Clean the plenum drains (Item 1) [Figure 190] to e
190] to ensure l
a
(Item 188]. they are not plugged by debris. s
e
R
Figure 189 Inspect the cover seal (Item 2) [Figure 190] for
190] for breaks r
o
and tears. Ensure the seal is firmly attached all around f
t
the cover. See your Bobcat dealer for a replacement seal. o
N
-
NOTE: Improper
Improper cover installation
installation can damage
damage thethe -
y
seal, which may lead to component failure. p o
Perform the following steps in the order given C
to prevent cover seal damage. r
e
l
a
1 Figure 191 e
D
P109008
Use low pressure air or water to remove debris from the

heater coil (Item 1) [Figure 189].
189].
P109411
1. The bosses
bosses191] when
2) [Figure (Item
191] 1) fit
whenfitthe
inside
inscover
ide the
the
is core
core supports
suppDeformity
installed. orts (Item
(Item
of the cover indicates they are out of position.
127 of 212
HEATING
HEATING SYSTEM (CONT’D)
(CON T’D)
Heater Coil (Cont’
(Cont ’d)
P109546 P100756
2. Hold the
the cover
cover in place
place and fasten
fasten two latches
latches (Item
(Item 4. Fasten
Fasten the
the two
two remain
remaining
ing latch
latches
es (Item
(Item 1)
1)
1) [Figure 192].
192]. [Figure 194].
194].
e
l
a
Figure 193 NOTE: Perform
Perform a thorough
thorough visual
visual check
check to ensure
ensure s
e
that the cover and the cover seal are not R
deformed. The cover should seal tightly all r
o
f
around without any gaps. t
o
N
Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 121.) -
-
y
1 2 3 p
o
C
Troubleshooting r
e
l
a
If the fan does not operate, check the fuse. (See Fuse
Fuse e
D
And Relay Location / Identification on Page 140.)
P109543A P109545
3. Push the
the cover
cover up in three
three places
places (Item
(Itemss 1, 2, and
and 3)
until the slots snap into place on the tabs. This slot
(Inset) [Figure 193] is
193] is correctly fastened.
128 of 212
ENGINE AIR CLEANER

Replacing Filters
1
1
NA3271
Replace the air filters only when necessary. The service

P107998
indicator (Item 1) will FLASH. Press the Information
button (Item 3) until the display screen shows the service
codes. Service code [M0117]
[M0117] (Air Filter Plugged) will Remove the outer filter (Item 1) [Figure 197]
197] and
show in the display screen (Item 2) [Figure 195] when
195] when air discard.
filter replacement is
i s necessary. e
l
a
NOTE: Make suresure the filter housing
housing is free and s
free of dirt and e
Replace the inner filter every third time the outer filter is debris. Verify that sealing surfaces are clean. R
replaced or as indicated. DO NOT use compressed air. r
o
f
t
Outer Filter Install new outer filter. Push in until the filter contacts the o
base of the housing. Install the cover and secure the N -
-
Stop the engine and open the rear door. latches [Figure 196].
196]. y
p
o
Figure 196 Close the rear door. C
r
e
l
a
e
D
2
1
P107996
Open the latches (Item 1) and remove the cover (Item 2)

[Figure 196].
196].
129 of 212
ENGINE AIR CLEANER (CONT’D)

Replacing Filters (Cont’
(Cont ’d)
Inner Filter
Replace the inner filter only under the following Figure 199
conditions:
• Repl
Replac
acee tthe
he inne
innerr fil
filte
terr eve
every
ry third time
time the outer filter
is replaced.
• Aft
After
er the
the oute
outerr filte
filterr has
has been
been replac
replaced,
ed, start
start the 2
engine and operate at full rpm. If service code 1
[M0117] (Air Filter Plugged) is still displayed in the
[M0117]
data display, replace the inner filter.
Stop the engine and open the rear door.
Remove the cover [Figure 196]

196] and the outer filter
[Figure 197].
197].
P107996
Figure 198
Install the cover (Item 2) and secure the latches (Item 1) e
l
a
[Figure 199].
199]. s
e
R
Close the rear door. r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
1 a
e
D
P107997
Remove the inner filter (Item 1) [Figure 198].

198].
NOTE: Make sure

sure the filter housing is
is free of dirt
dirt and
debris. Verify that sealing surfaces are clean.
DO NOT use compressed air.
until the filter contacts the

Install new inner filter. Push in until
base of the housing.
Install the outer filter [Figure 197].

197].
130 of 212
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel Specifications Biodiesel Blend Fuel
NOTE: Contact your local fuel supplier to receive Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be
recommendations for your region. ered before using in this machine:
considered
consid
U.S. Standard (ASTM D975) • Cold weathe

weatherr condit
condition
ionss can
can lead
lead to
to plugg
plugged
ed fuel
fuel
system components and hard starting.
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade Number
2-D or Grade Number 1-D. • Biodi
Biodies
esel
el blen
blendd fuel
fuel is an
an exce
excelle
llent
nt med
mediu
ium
m for
for
microbial growth and contamination that can cause
Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel must be used in this machine. corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
Ultra low sulfur is defined as 15 mg/kg (15 ppm) sulfur
maximum. • Use of biodies
biodiesel
el blen
blendd fuel
fuel may result
result in prem
prematu
ature
re
failure of fuel system components, such as: plugged
The following is one suggested blending guideline that fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.
should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures:
• Shorte
Shorterr main
mainten
tenanc
ancee inter
interval
valss may
may be
be rrequ
equire
ired,
d, such
such
TEMPERATURE GRADE 2-D GRADE 1-D as: cleaning the fuel system and replacing fuel filters
and fuel lines.
Above -9°C (+15°F) 100% 0%
Down to -21°C (-5°F) 50% 50% • Using
Using biodi
biodiese
esell blen
blended
ded fuels
fuels contai
containin
ningg more
more than
than
five percent biodiesel can affect engine life and cause
Below -21°C (-5°F) 0% 100% e
deterioration of hoses, tubelines, injectors, injector l
a
pump, and seals. s
NOTE: Biodiesel
Biodiesel blend fuel
fuel may also
also be used
used in this e
R
machine. Biodiesel blend fuel must contain Apply the following guidelines if biodiesel blend fuel is r
o
f
no more than five percent biodiesel mixed used::
used t
with ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel. o
This biodiesel blend fuel is commonly N
• Ensure
Ensure the fuel
fuel tank
tank is
is as ful
fulll as possibl
possiblee at all times
times -
-
marketed as B5 blended diesel fuel. B5 to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank. y
blended diesel fuel must meet ASTM p
o
specifications. • Ensure
Ensure that
that the
the fuel
fuel tank
tank cap is secure
securely
ly tigh
tighten
tened.
ed. C
r
e
l
E.U. Standard (EN590) • Biodiese
Biodiesell bblen
lendd fuel
fuel can damage
damage painte
paintedd surf
surface s, a
aces, e
remove all spilled fuel from painted surfaces D
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel that meets the immediately.
EN590 specifications listed below:
• Ultra
Ultra low
low sulf
sulfur
ur diesel
diesel fuel
fuel defin
defined
ed as 10
10 mg/k
mg/kgg (10
(10 • Drain
Drain all the
operating water
watmachine.
er from
from the
the fuel
fuel filt
filter
er daily
daily befo
before
re
ppm) sulfur maximum
• Do not
not exceed
exceed engine
engine oil change
change int
interv
erval.
al. Extend
Extended
ed
• Diesel
Diesel fuel
fuel with
with cetane
cetane number
number of 51.
51.00 and
and above.
above. oil change intervals can cause engine damage.
NOTE: Biodiesel
Biodiesel blend fuel
fuel may also
also be used
used in this • Before
Before machin
machinee stora
storage;
ge; drain
drain the
the fuel
fuel tank,
tank, refi
refillll with
with
machine. Biodiesel blend fuel must contain 100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabilizer, and
no more than seven percent biodiesel mixed operate the engine for at least 30 minutes.
with ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel.
This biodiesel blend fuel is commonly NOTE: Biodiesel
Biodiesel blend fuel does not have long term
term
marketed as B7 blended diesel fuel. B7 stability and should not be stored for more
blended diesel fuel must meet EN590 than 3 months.
specifications.
131 of 212
FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Filling The Fuel Tank
Figure 201
WARNING WRONG

Stop and cool
SMOKING! the toengine
Failure before adding
obey warnings fuel. NO
can cause an
explosion or fire.
W-2063-0807
Figure 200
NA1202
Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the

correct specification. Add fuel only in an area that has
1 free movement of air and no open flames or sparks. NO e
l
a
SMOKING [Figure 201].
201]. s
e
R
Install and tighten the fuel cap (Item 1) [Figure 200].
200]. r
o
f
t
Close the rear door. o
N
-
-
y
p
P107991
WARNING o
C
r
e
l
Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 200].
200]. a
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, D
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
132 of 212

Fuel Filter
Removing Water Replacing Filter
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 108.) interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 108.)
Stop the engine and open the rear door. Stop the engine and open the rear door.
Figure 202 Remove the fuel filter (Item 2) [Figure 202].

202].
Clean the area around the filter base. Put clean oil on the
seal of the new filter. Install the filter and hand tighten.
Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air

Air
From The Fuel System on Page 132.)
2
WARNING
1 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH e
l
a
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, s
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. e
P107990 R
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause r
explosion or fire. o
f
t
Loosen the drain (Item 1) [Figure 202] at
202] at the bottom of W-2103-0508 o
N
the filter to remove trapped water from the filter. -
-
Close the rear door. y
Securely tighten the drain. p
o
Start the engine and allow to operate for one minute. C
r
e
l
WARNING WARNING
a
e
D

Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
explosion or fire. death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
W-2103-0508 Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
Close the rear door. enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

133 of 212

Removing Air From The Fuel System
After replacing the filter or if the fuel tank has run out of Figure 204
fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel system before
starting the engine.
WARNING
1

death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
from a physician familiar with this injury. P107993
W-2072-0807
Squeeze the hand pump (priming bulb) (Item 1)
Figure 203 [Figure 204]
204] until fuel flows from the vent with no air
bubbles. e
l
a
s
e
Close the vent (Item 1) [Figure 203].
203]. R
r
o
f
1 t
o
WARNING N
-
-
y
p
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH o
C
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, r
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. e
l
a
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause e
explosion or fire. D
W-2103-0508
P107990
Open the air vent plug (Item 1) [Figure 203] on

203] on the fuel
filter base.
134 of 212
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Checking And Adding Engine Oil Engine Oil Chart
Check the engine oil level every day before starting the Figure 206
engine for the work shift. ENGINE CRANKCASE OIL
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number
Figure 205
P107992
Refer to temperature range anticipated before next
e
l
oil change
Park the loader on a level surface. Stop the engine. Open Must use API Category CI-4
C I-4 or better, or ACEA E7 or a
s
e
the rear door and remove the dipstick (Item 2) better R
[Figure 205].
205]. Do not use API Category FA-4 engine oil
r
o
f
t
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick. Do [1] Bobcat Synthetic Oil – SAE 5W-40 o
N
not overfill. -
Bobcat engine oils are recommended for use in this - y
Remove the oil fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 205]
205] to add machine. If Bobcat engine oil is not available, use a good p
o
engine oil. quality engine oil that meets API Service Category of C
CI-4 or better, or ACEA E7 or better [Figure 206].
206]. r
e
l
a
e
WARNING D
IMPORTANT
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Use of API Service Category FA-4 engine oil is not
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause approved and may cause irreversible damage to the
explosion or fire. engine.
W-2103-0508 I-2384-0916

135 of 212
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Install the cover and the cover mounting bolts
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 108.) [Figure 207].
207]. Tighten both bolts.
Operate the engine until coolant reaches normal Figure 209

operating temperature. Stop the engine.
Figure 207 1
2
3
P107992
e
l
Open the rear door, remove the oil filter (Item 3) a
s
P107954A P107264 e
[Figure 209],
209], and clean the filter base.
b ase. R
r
o
f
The oil drain hose is located behind a cover (Item 1) Put clean oil on the new filter gasket, install the new filter, t
under the rear of the loader (Inset) [Figure 207].
207]. and hand tighten. Use genuine Bobcat filter only.
only. o
N
-
-
Loosen one cover mounting bolt and remove the other Remove the oil fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 209].
209]. y
bolt (Item 2) [Figure 207]
207] to allow the cover to swing p
o
open. Put oil in the engine and replace the fill cap. (See
(See C
Capacities on Page 201.) Do
201.) Do not overfill. r
e
l
Figure 208 a
Start the engine and allow to operate for several
several minutes. e
D
fil ter.
level. the dipstick (Item 2) [Figure 209] and

Remove
oil 209] and check the
1
Add oil as needed if i f oil level is not at the top mark on the
dipstick. Install the dipstick and close the rear door.
WARNING
P107265 Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
Remove the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 208] from
208] from the Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
oil drain hose

or dispose and oil
of used drain theenvironmentally
in an oil into a container. Recycle
safe manner. explosion or fire. W-2103-0508
Install and tighten the oil drain cap [Figure 208].
208].

136 of 212
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Check the cooling system every day to prevent overheating, loss of performance, or engine damage.
Maintenance Platform Cooling System Identification
Figure 210 NOTE: Identification

Identification of the cooling
cooling system
system used on
on
your machine is necessary to perform the
correct cleaning procedure.
Figure 211
Earlier Model Later Model
P107266
P109009B P109569A
A maintenance platform [Figure 210] 210] is available from e
l
your Bobcat dealer to facilitate access when
engine cooling system.
access when cleaning the Earlier models have a square coolant tank. Later models a
s
e
have a rectangular coolant tank [Figure 211].
have 211]. R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
137 of 212
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Cleaning (Earlier Models)
Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 123.)
1
WARNING 2
3
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
• When
When flui
fluids
ds areare und
under
er pres
pressu
sure
re..
• FlFlyin
yingg deb
debririss or lo
loos
osee mater
materia
iall is pr
pres
esen
ent.
t.
• Engine is is ru
running. P109010
• Tools are be beining
g us
used.
W-2019-0907 Raise the hydraulic fluid cooler (Item 1) until the support
bar (Item 2) drops into position to support the hydraulic
Figure 212 fluid cooler. Use low air pressure or water pressure to e
l
clean the top of the radiator (Item 3) [Figure 213].
213]. a
s
e
R
Raise the support bar (Item 2) [Figure 213] slightly
213] slightly and r
o
f
lower the hydraulic fluid cooler. t
o
1 N
Fasten the two rubber straps [Figure 212].
212]. -
-
y
Check the cooling system for leaks. p
o
C
Install the rear grille and close the rear door. r
e
l
a
e
2 D
P107980
Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of

the hydraulic fluid cooler (Item 1) [Figure 212].
212].
Unhook the two rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 212].

212].
138 of 212

Cleaning (Later Models)
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service

WARNING
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
• When
When flui
fluids
ds areare und
under
er pr
pres
essu
surere..
• FlFlyin
yingg deb
debririss or lo
loos
osee mate
materia
riall is pr
pres
esen
ent.
t.
• Engine is is ru
running.
• Tools are be beining
g us
used.
W-2019-0907
Figure 214 e

l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
1 y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
P109571
Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of

the hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator assembly (Item 1)
[Figure 214].
214].
Check the cooling system for leaks.
Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

139 of 212

Checking And Adding Coolant
Check the engine coolant level every day before starting

the engine for the work shift.
IMPORTANT
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Figure 215 Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.
Earlier Model Later Model Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system
efficiency and may cause serious premature engine
damage.
1
Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which
1 protect the internal engine components; reduces the
boiling point and freeze protection of the system.
2 Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength
2
concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
engine damage.
P109009B P109570A I-2124-0497
e
l
Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene a
s
Coolant must be between the top and bottom level e
markers (Item 2) [Figure 215] when
215] when the engine is cold. glycol to the coolant tank until the coolant level reaches R
r
the upper level marker on the tank [Figure 215].
215]. o
f
NOTE: The loader is factory filled with propylene t
o
glycol coolant (purple color). DO NOT mix Install the coolant fill cap [Figure 215].
215]. N
-
propylene glycol with ethylene glycol. -
NOTE: The coolant
coolant fill cap must
must be tightened
tightened until
until the y
p
Use a refractometer to check the condition of propylene cap clicks. o
C
glycol
glycol in your cooling system. r
Install the rear grille and close the rear door. e
l
a
e
D
WARNING
AVOID INJURY
Stop the engine and allow to cool before adding
coolant or you can be burned.
W-2106-0907
Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 215] to

215] to add
coolant.
The correct mixture of coolant to provide a -37°C (-34°F)

freeze protection is 5 L propylene glycol mixed with 4,4 L
of water OR
OR 1
1 U.S. gal propylene glycol mixed with 3.5 qt
of water.
140 of 212

Removing And Replacing Coolant
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Attach a hose to the coolant drain petcock (Item 1)
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 108.) [Figure 217] located
217] located to the left of the oil filter. Open the
petcock and drain the coolant into a container. Close the
Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear petcock and remove the hose.
Recycle or dispose of used coolant in an environmentally
safe manner.
WARNING Mix new coolant in a separate container. (See Capacities
on Page 201.)
Capacities
AVOID INJURY The correct mixture of coolant to provide a -37°C (-34°F)

Do not remove engine coolant cap when the engine freeze protection is 5 L propylene glycol mixed with 4,4 L
is hot. You can be seriously burned. of water OR
OR 1
1 U.S. gal propylene glycol mixed with 3.5 qt
W-2607-0804
of water.
Figure 216
IMPORTANT e
l
1 AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE a
s
e
Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze. R
1 r
o
f
Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system t
efficiency and may cause serious premature engine o
N
2 damage. -
2 -
y
Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which p o
P109009B P109570A protect the internal engine components; reduces the C
boiling point and freeze protection of the system. r
e
l
a
Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 216].
216]. e
Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength D
concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
Figure 217
engine damage.
I-2124-0497
Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene

glycol to the coolant tank until the coolant level reaches
the lower level marker on the tank (Item 2) [Figure 216].
216].
Install the coolant fill cap [Figure 216].

216].
NOTE: The coolant

coolant fill cap must
must be tightened
tightened until
until the
1 cap clicks.
Install the rear grille and close the rear door.
Operate the engine until coolant reaches normal

P107992
operating temperature. Stop the engine.
Check the coolant level when cool. Add coolant as

needed. (See Checking And Adding Coolant on Page
Page
138.)

141 of 212
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Description Fuse And Relay Location / Identification
P100958A
P107995 P100414
The loader has a 12 volt, negative ground, alternator The fuse / relay panel is located behind an access panel
charging system. near the left foot pedal / footrest. Pull the panel at each
end (Item 1) [Figure 219] to
219] to remove. e
l
The electrical system is protected by fuses located in the a
s
e
operator cab and a 100 ampere master fuse (Inset) Figure 220 R
[Figure 218]
218] located above the battery in the engine r
o
f
compartment. t
o
N
The fuses will protect the electrical system when there is -
-
an electrical overload. The reason for the overload must y
be found before starting the engine again. p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
1
P107274
The electrical system is protected from overload by fuses

located under the fuse panel cover (Item 1) [Figure 220].
220].
142 of 212
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Fuse And Relay Location / Identification (Cont’d)
Figure 221 Remove the fuse panel cover to check or replace the
fuses and relays [Figure 221].
221].
A decal located inside the access panel indicates fuse /

relay location and fuse amperage ratings.
Install the fuse panel cover [Figure 220].

220].
Line up the clips on the access panel with the slots
provided and push the panel into position [Figure 219].
219]. A
P107273A locating pin helps align the panel during installation.
Figure 222
1 13 17
5 7 9 11
2 14 18 e
l
a
s
e
3 15 19 R
r
o
f
6 8 10 12 t
o
4 16 20 N
-
-
NA3219 y
p
o
C
Fuse location and amperage ratings are shown in the table below and on the decal [Figure 222].
222]. Relays are identified by r
e
l
the letter “R” in the AMP column. a
e
D
REF ICON DESCRIPTION AMP REF ICON DESCRIPTION AMP REF ICON DESCRIPTION AMP
1 ACS / Drive
Controllers 25 8 Rear Lights R 15 Front Lights 20
2 Power Por t 15 9 Fuel Shutoff R 16 Heater / HVAC 25
Switched Power
3 Fuel Shutoff 30 10 Front Lights R 17 25
and ACD
Switched Power
4 Traction 30 11 Switched Power R 18 and Back-up 25
Alarm
5 Star ter R 12 Heater / HVAC R 19 Switched Power 5
Gateway /
6 Glow Plugs R 13 Auxiliary 25 20 Accessories
Front Hornand 25
Controllers
7 Traction R 14 Rear Lights 15

143 of 212

Battery Maintenance

Figure 223
P100959 P100960
e
l
The battery cables must be clean [Figure 223] and
223] and tight. a
s
e
R
Remove acid or corrosion from battery and cables with r
o
f
sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and water solution. t
o
N
Put Bobcat Battery Saver or grease on the battery -
-
terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion. y
p
o
Check electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled water C
as needed. r
e
l
a
e
D
WARNING
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.

In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes.
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities

of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807
144 of 212

Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting)
If the engine will not start without using a booster battery, Connect the end of the second cable (Item 3) to the
BE CAREFUL! There must be one person in the ne
negative
gative (-) terminal of the booster battery. Connect the
operator’s seat and one person to connect and other end of the same cable (Item 4) [Figure 224] to
224] to the
disconnect the battery cables. engine.
The key switch must be in the STOP position. The Keep cables away from moving parts. Start the engine.
booster battery must be 12 volt. (See STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 82.)
After the engine has started, remove the negative (-)
cable (Item 4) first. Remove the cable from the positive
WARNING (+) terminal (Item 2) [Figure 224].
224].
Remove the cables from the booster battery.

BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATHDEATH Close the rear door.
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged

IMPORTANT e
l
battery.
connectingWarm
to a battery
charger.toUnplug
16°C charger
(60°F) before
before Damage to the alternator can occur if: a
s
e
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never • En
Engin
ginee isis opeopera
rate
tedd with
with babatte
ttery
ry cabl
cables
es R
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging. disconnected. r
o
W-2066-0910 • Batte
Batteryry cab
cable
less are
are conne
connect
cted
ed whe
whenn usin
using fast f
g a fast t
charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove o
N
both cables from the battery.) -
Open the rear door. • Ex
Extr
traa batte
battery
ry cab
cables
les (boos
(booste
terr cabl
cables are -
es)) are y
connected wrong. p
Figure 224 o
I-2023-1285 C
r
e
l
2 a
e
D
3 1
P107275A
Connect the end of the first cable (Item 1) to the positive

(+) terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end
of the same cable (Item 2) [Figure 224]
224] to the positive
(+) terminal on the engine starter.
145 of 212

Removing And Installing Battery
Figure 226
WARNING
Batteries
contact. contain acid whichprotective
Wear goggles, burns eyesclothing
and skinand
on
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.

In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes.
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities

of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get P100959 P100960
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807 Always clean the battery terminals and cable ends when
installing a new or used battery [Figure 226].
226].
e
l
When installing the battery
batter y in the loader, do not touch any a
s
e
Figure 225 metal parts with the battery terminals. R
r
o
f
Connect the negative (-) cable last to prevent sparks. t
o
3 Connect and tighten the battery cables. N
-
-
y
Install and tighten the battery hold-down clamp. p
o
C
Put Bobcat Battery Saver or grease on the battery r
e
l
terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion. a
e
D
1 2 Close the rear door.
P107268 WARNING
Disconnect the negative (-) cable (Item 1) [Figure 225].
225]. BATTERY
BA TTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE
EXPLO DE AND CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATHDEATH
Remove the battery hold-down clamp (Item 2) Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
[Figure 225].
225]. from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
Disconnect the positive (+) cable (Item 3) [Figure 225]
from the battery. Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged
battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before
Remove the battery from the loader.
l oader. connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
W-2066-0910
146 of 212
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM

Checking And Adding Fluid Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart
Check the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid level every day Figure 229
before starting the work shift. HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID
RECOMMENDED ISO VISCOSITY GRADE (VG)
Park the loader on a level surface, lower the lift arms, and AND VISCOSITY INDEX (VI)
put the attachment flat on the ground or tilt the Bob-Tach
Bob-Tach
fully back if no attachment is installed.
Stop the engine.
Figure 227
TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED

1 DURING MACHINE USE
[1] VG
[1] VG 100; Minimum VI 130
[2] VG
[2] VG 46; Minimum VI 150
[3] BOBCAT
[3] BOBCAT All-Season Fluid
[4] BOBCAT
[4] BOBCAT Synthetic Fluid e
l
[5] BOBCAT
[5] BOBCAT
(Unlike Biodegradable
biodegradable fluidsHydraulic
that are /vegetable
Hydrostatic Fluid a
based, s
e
P107282 Bobcat biodegradable fluid is formulated to prevent R
r
oxidation and thermal breakdown at operating f o
temperatures.) t
Check the fluid level in the sight gauge (Item 1) o
N
[Figure 227].
227]. Keep the fluid level within the operating Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system -
-
range. [Figure 229].
229]. (See Hydraulic System on Page 200.) y
p
o
Open the rear door and remove
remo ve the rear grille. (See
(See C
REAR GRILLE on Page 123.) r
e
Figure 228
WARNING l
a
e
D

1 Always
sparks clean up spilled
or lighted fuel away
tobacco or oil. from
Keep fuel
heat,and
flames,
oil.
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
P107976
Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 228].

228].
Add
rangefluid as needed
in the to bring
sight gauge the level
[Figure 227]within
227].. the operating
Install the fill cap [Figure 228],
228], install the rear grille, and
close the rear door.

147 of 212
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTA
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid
Replace the fluid if contaminated or after major repair.
Always replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter and the

hydraulic charge filter whenever the hydraulic fluid is 1
replaced. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic /
Hydrostatic Filter on Page 148.) and
148.) and (See Removing And
And
Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter
Fil ter on Page 149.) 2
Figure 230
P109010
(Earlier Models with Square Coolant Tank) -

Tank) - Raise the
1 hydraulic fluid cooler (Item 1) until the support bar (Item
2) [Figure 231]
231] drops into position to support the e
l
hydraulic fluid cooler. This procedure will aid in draining a
s
e
the hydraulic fluid. R
r
o
f
Figure 232 t
o
N
-
-
1 y
p
o
C
P107976 r
e
l
a
e
D
P107955A
Remove the right side access cover bolts (Item 1)

[Figure 232]
232] and remove the access cover. (Lift arms
2 shown raised for visual clarity.)
clarity.)
P109006
Remove the hydraulic fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 230].

230].
(Earlier Models with Square Coolant Tank)

Tank) - Unhook
the two rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 230].
230].
148 of 212
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid (Cont’d)
NOTE: The hose used

used to drain
drain the hydraulic
hydraulic reservoir
reservoir Figure 234
is located under the fan motor on earlier
models and on the right side of the fan motor
on later models.
Figure 233
1
1
2 P107977
2
P109760A P115527A Remove and clean the hydraulic fill screen (Item 1)
[Figure 234].
234]. Use low air pressure to dry the screen.
e
l
Remove the clamp (Item 1). Pinch off the hose (Item 2) Install hydraulic fill screen and add the correct a
correct fluid to the s
[Figure 233]
233] near the fitting and disconnect hose from e
reservoir until the fluid level is within the operating range R
the fitting. Route the hose out the side of the loader and of the sight gauge. (See Capacities on Page 201.) 201.) and r
drain the fluid into a container. o
f
(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 145.) t
o
Connect the hose to the fitting when the fluid stops Install the hydraulic fill cap [Figure 230].
230]. N
-
draining. Install the clamp. -
y
Install the rear grille and close the rear door. p
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally o
C
safee manner.
saf Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic r
e
l
controls. a
e
D
WARNING
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, WARNING
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
explosion or fire. death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
W-2103-0508
Install the side access cover and bolts [Figure 232].
232]. enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
(Earlier Models with Square Coolant Tank) -
Tank) - Raise the W-2072-0807
support bar supporting the hydraulic fluid cooler and
lower the hydraulic fluid cooler. Fasten the two rubber Stop the engine and check for leaks.
straps [Figure 230].
230].
Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.
(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 145.)
149 of 212
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Install new filter ensuring that filter is fully seated in the
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 108.) housing.
Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear Remove the filter cap O-rings (Item 3) [Figure 236] and
236] and
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 123.) discard.
Clean the top of the filter housing. Install new filter cap O-rings and lubricate with clean oil.
Figure 235 NOTE: The filter
filter cap O-rings
O-rings are not the same
same size.
Take care to install each O-ring in the correct
1 location.
Install the filter cap and rotate clockwise to engage the

bolts [Figure 235].
235]. Alternate tightening the bolts to draw
the cap down evenly.
evenly. Tighten the bolts to 27 - 41 N•m (20
- 30 ft-lb)
30 ft-lb) torque.
2 WARNING e
l
a
s
R
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, r
P109054 sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. o
f
t
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause o
explosion or fire. N
Loosen the bolts (Item 1) and rotate the filter cap (Item 2) -
W-2103-0508 -
[Figure 235]
235] counterclockwise until the cap clears the y
bolts. p
o
Install the rear grille and close the rear door. C
Slowly pry the filter cap off the housing by hand. r
e
l
Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic a
Figure 236 e
controls. D
WARNING
2
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
3 not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
W-2072-0807
P109072A P109073A

fil ter.
Remove the filter (Item 2) [Figure 236] and
236] and discard.
Lubricate the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 236]
236] on new filter (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 145.)
with clean oil.

150 of 212
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Earlier Models
Figure 239
Figure 237
P109622
P109069A
e
Put a suitable container below the filter housing and l
Remove the left side access cover bolts (Item 1) remove the filter housing (Item 1) [Figure 239].
239]. a
s
e
[Figure 237]
237] and remove the access cover. (Lift arms R
shown raised for visual clarity.)
clarity.) Figure 240 r
o
f
t
NOTE: Identification
Identification of the
the hydraulic
hydraulic charge
charge filter o
N
used on your machine is necessary to -
-
perform the correct replacement procedure. y
p
o
Figure 238 C
r
e
l
Earlier Model Later Model a
e
D
P109622A
Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 240] and

240] and discard.
P109622B P115441A
Clean the surface of the filter housing and the filter base
where they contact the filter seal.
Earlier models use a separate filter housing and filter
fil ter [Figure 238].
element. Later models use a spin-on filter 238]. Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter. Install the filter
on the filter base [Figure 240].
240].
Install and tighten the filter housing to 65 - 70 N•m (48 -

52 ft-lb) torque [Figure 239].
239].
151 of 212
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter (Cont’d)
Later Models All Models
Figure 241 Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally

safe manner.
WARNING
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
1
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
P115526
Install the side access cover and bolts [Figure 237].
237].
Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic

Put a suitable container below the filter, remove the filter e
l
controls.
(Item 1) [Figure 241],
(Item 241], and clean the filter base. a
s
e
R
Put clean oil on the new filter gasket, install the new filter, r
and tighten the filter to 37 – 45 N•m
N •m (27 – 33 ft-lb) torque. WARNING o
f
t
o
N
-
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH -
y
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can p
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or o
C
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. r
e
l
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do a
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid e
D
W-2072-0807

fil ter.

(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 145.)
152 of 212
Replacing Reservoir Breather Cap
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct

replacement interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
on
Page 108.)
Figure 242
e
l
a
s
e
P107976 R
r
o
f
t
Remove the breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 242]
242] and o
N
discard. -
-
y
Install new breather cap. p
o
C
Install the rear grille and close the rear door. r
e
l
a
e
D
153 of 212
SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER

SPARK
Cleaning Procedure
Do not operate the loader with a defective exhaust WARNING
system.
Never use machine in atmosphere with explosive
dust or gases or where exhaust can contact
IMPORTANT flammable material. Failure to obey warnings can

cause injury or death.
W-2068-1285
This machine is factory equipped with a U.S.D.A.

Forestry Service Approved spark arrester exhaust
system that must be maintained for proper function.
• WITH MUFFLER
WARNING
The muffler spark chamber must be emptied
Stop engine and allow the muffler to cool before
every 100 hours of operation to keep it in working
cleaning the spark chamber. Wear safety goggles.
condition.
Failure to obey can cause serious injury.
W-2011-1285
• WITH
WITH SELEC
SELECTIV
TIVE
E CAT
CATALYS
ALYST
T REDUCT
REDUCTIO
ION
N (SCR)
(SCR)
AND / OR DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC) e
l
Do not remove or modify the DOC or SCR. Figure 243 a
s
e
The SCR must be maintained according to the R
r
instructions in the Operation & Maintenance o
f
Manual for proper function. t
o
N
• WITH
WITH DIESE
DIESELL PAR
PARTIC
TICUL
ULAATE FIL
FILTE
TER (DPF))
R (DPF -
1 -
The DPF must be maintained according to the y
p
instructions in the Operation & Maintenance o
Manual for proper function. C
r
P107989 e
l
(If this machine is operated on flammable forest, a
e
brush or grass cover land, the engine must be D
equipped with a spark arrester and maintained in Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 243] from
243] from the muffler.
working order. Failure to do so will be in violation of
California state law section 4442 PRC. Refer to local
laws and regulations for spark arrester
requirements.) WARNING
I-2350-1114
When the engine is running during service, the
Stop the engine and open the rear door. driving and steering controls must be in neutral and
the parking brake engaged. Failure to do so can
cause injury or death.
W-2006-1209
WARNING Start the engine and operate for approximately 10
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH seconds while a second person, wearing safety glasses,
When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh holds a piece of wood over the outlet of the muffler. This
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust will force contaminants out through the cleanout hole.
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible Stop the engine. Install and tighten the plug. Close the
gases which can kill without warning. rear door.
W-2050-0807

154 of 212
TIRE MAINTENANCE
Wheel Nuts Rear tires usually wear faster than front tires. To
To keep tire
wear even, move the front tires to the rear and rear tires
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service to the front [Figure 245].
245].
The same size tires must be used on each side of the
Figure 244 loader. If different sizes are used, each tire will turn at a
different rate and cause excessive wear. The tread bars
of all the tires must face the same direction.
Recommended tire pressure must be maintained to avoid

excessive tire wear, loss of stability, and loss of handling
capability. Check for correct pressure before operating
the loader. (See Tires on Page 202.)
Mounting
Tires are to be repaired only by an authorized person

using the proper procedures and safe equipment.
P107283
Tires and rims must always be checked for correct size
e
l
Follow the torques specified below for the wheel nuts before mounting. Check rim and tire bead for damage. a
s
e
[Figure 244]:
244]: The rim flange must be cleaned and free of rust. R
r
o
f
When installing wheel nuts, tighten to 217 N•m (160 The tire bead and rim flange must be lubricated with a t
ft-lb) torque. rubber lubricant before mounting the tire. o
N
-
-
When checking wheel nut torque, set the torque Avoid excessive pressure that can rupture the tire and y
wrench to 190 N•m (140 ft-lb) to prevent cause serious injury or death. p
o
overtightening. C
r
During inflation of the tire, check the tire pressure l
e
frequently to avoid over inflation. a
e
D
Rotating
Check the tires regularly for wear,

Figure 245
wear, damage, and pressure.
WARNING
Do not inflate tires above specified pressure. Failure
to use correct tire mounting procedure can cause an
explosion which can result in injury or death.
W-2078-1007
IMPORTANT
Inflate tires to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the
sidewall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used
on the same machine.
I-2057-1010
NA1023A

155 of 212
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE)

Checking And Adding Fluid Removing And Replacing Fluid
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 108.) interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 108.)
The chaincase contains the final drive sprockets and Park the loader on a level surface and stop the engine.
chains, and uses the same type fluid as the hydraulic /
hydrostatic system. (See Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid
Fluid Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 246]
246] from the
Chart on Page 145.) front of the chaincase housing.
Park the loader on a level surface and stop the engine. Figure 247
Figure 246
1
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
P107281 o
f
t
o
P107956 N
Pump the fluid out of the chaincase [Figure 247].
247]. (Lift -
-
arms shown raised for visual clarity.)
clarity.) y
Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 246]
246] from the p
o
front of the chaincase housing. (Lift arms shown raised Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally C
for visual clarity.)
clarity.) safee manner.
saf r
e
l
a
If fluid can be reached with the tip of your finger through Add fluid through the check plug hole until fluid flows from e
D
the hole, the fluid level is correct. the hole. (See Capacities on Page 201.)
Ifuntil
thefluid
levelflows
is low,
fromadd
thefluid
hole.through the check plug hole Install and tighten the plug [Figure 246].
246].
Install and tighten the plug [Figure 246].

246].
WARNING
WARNING Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH explosion or fire.
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, W-2103-0508
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
156 of 212
ALTERNATOR BELT
Belt Adjustment Belt Replacement
Stop the engine and open the rear door. Stop the engine and open the rear door.
2
P109007 P109000
The alternator is located behind the engine on the right e

Loosen the bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 2) and l
of the loader [Figure 248].
side of
side 248]. remove the top alternator adjusting bolt (Item 1) s a
e
[Figure 250].
250]. R
Figure 249 r
o
f
Move the alternator toward the engine fully and remove t
the belt from the pulleys. o
1 N
-
-
Inspect the pulleys for wear. y
p
o
Install new belt. C
r
e
l
Install the top alternator adjusting bolt (Item 1) a
[Figure 250].
250]. e
D
Move the alternator until the belt has 8 mm (0.32 in)

mo
movement
vement at the middle of the belt span with 66 N (15 lb)
of force.
2
P109000 Tighten the top alternator adjusting bolt (Item 1) and the
bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 2) [Figure 250].
250].
Loosen the top alternator adjusting bolt (Item 1) and Close the rear door.
loosen the bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 2)
[Figure 249].
249].
Move the alternator until the belt has 8 mm (0.32 in)

movement at the middle of the belt span with 66 N (15 lb)
of force.
Tighten the top alternator adjusting bolt (Item 1) and the

bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 2) [Figure 249].
249].

157 of 212
DRIVE BELT
Belt Adjustment
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Adjustment

Figure 253
1
Figure 251
P107988
Loosen the spring loaded drive idler mounting bolt (Item e
l
P107999 1) [Figure 253].
253]. a
s
e
R
The spring loaded drive idler is located below the air Push the spring loaded drive idler against the belt
bel t using a r
o
f
cleaner [Figure 251].
251]. pry bar (Item 2). The pointer will be at the 90 degree t
position (Item 3) [Figure 253]
253] when the idler is against o
N
Inspection the stop. -
-
y
Figure 252 Allow the spring loaded drive idler
idle r to raise slightly so that p
o
the idler is operating on spring tension and not against C
Minimum Maximum the stop. r
e
l
a
NOTE: Do not set thethe spring loaded drive
drive idler
idler e
D
against the travel stop.
Tighten
1) the253] to
[Figure spring
253] loaded
to 48 drive(35
- 54 N•m idler mounting
- 40 bolt (Item
ft-lb) torque.
1 1
NA3224 NA3225
The pointer (Item 1) [Figure 252]

252] on the spring loaded
drive idler must be maintained between the two positions
shown
shown for correct belt tension.
158 of 212
DRIVE BELT (CONT’D)

Belt Replacement
P109001 P109003
Remove the drive belt shield bolt (Item 1) [Figure 254].

254]. e
Loosen the spring loaded drive idler mounting bolt (Item l
1) and allow the idler (Item 2) [Figure 256] to a
256] to move up. s
e
Figure 255 Remove the mounting bolt, washer, and idler assembly. R
r
o
f
Remove the drive belt from the hydrostatic pump pulley t
and flywheel pulley.
pulley. Inspect the pulleys for wear. o
N
-
-
Install new drive belt. y
p
1 o
Apply Loctite® 242 to the mounting bolt. Install the spring C
loaded drive idler, washer, and mounting bolt r e
l
[Figure 256].
256]. a
e
2 D
Figure 257
1
P109002
Do NOT
NOT loosen
loosen the drive belt shield mounting bolts (top 2
bolt shown) (Item 1). Slide the drive belt shield (Item 2)
[Figure 255] toward
255] toward the back of the loader to unseat the
shield from the top and bottom drive belt shield
shiel d mounting
bolts. 3
Remove the drive belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 255].

255].
P107988
Push the spring loaded drive idler against the belt using a
pry bar (Item 2). The pointer will be at the 90 degree
position (Item 3) [Figure 257]
257] when the idler is against
the stop.

159 of 212
DRIVE BELT (CONT’D)

Belt Replacement (Cont’d)
Allow the spring loaded drive idler to raise slightly so that Figure 259
the idler is operating on spring tension and not against
the stop.
NOTE: Do not set

set the spring
spring loaded
loaded drive
drive idler
idler
against the travel stop.
Tighten the spring loaded drive idler mounting bolt (Item

1) [Figure 257] to
1) 257] to 48 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 258
Top Mounting Bolt 1
1 P109001
Install the drive belt shield bolt (Item 1) [Figure 259].

259].
Close the rear door. e

l
a
s
P109004A e
R
r
Bottom Mounting Bolt o
f
t
o
N
-
2 -
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
P109005A
Position the drive belt shield over the drive belt shield
mounting
mo unting bolts. Slide the drive belt shield
shiel d toward the front
of the loader to fully seat the shield onto the top and
bottom mounting bolts (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 258].258].
160 of 212
AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL ACCUMULATOR

Checking Accumulator Charge
This machine may be equipped with Automatic Ride

Control.
The nitrogen charge in your accumulator will decrease

over time. This will result in decreased effectiveness of
the automatic ride control benefits.
NOTE: The signs

signs of a low accumul
accumulator
ator charge
charge
include: excessive lift arm movement,
reduced ride control performance, or loss of
ride control function.
Special tools and equipment are required to check and

service the nitrogen charge in the accumulator.
WARNING
RIDE CONTROL ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR INSTALLED
INSTALLED e
l
PRESSURIZED FLUID CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY a
s
After fully lowering the lift arms or installing an e
R
approved lift arm support device, use lift arm bypass r
control for 5 seconds to release pressure from lift o
f
t
circuit before servicing. o
See Operation & Maintenance Manual or Service N
-
Manual for lift arm bypass control instructions. -
y
W-3015-0816 p
o
C
r
See your Bobcat dealer for service if you believe that e
l
your automatic ride control accumulator charge is low. a
e
D
161 of 212
LUBRICATING THE LOADER

Lubrication Locations
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service Lubricate the following:
Figure 261
Record the operating hours each time you lubricate the
Bobcat loader.
Always use a good quality lithium based multipurpose

grease when you lubricate the loader. Apply the lubricant
until extra grease shows.
1
Remove attachment from the loader. (See Installing And
And
Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) on on
Page 93.)
93.) OR (See Installing And Removing The The
Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) on Page 96.)
Stop the engine.
Figure 260 P109023
1 1. Lift
Lift Arm
Arm Pivot
Pivot Pin (Both
(Both Sides (2) [Figure 261].
Sides)) (2) 261]. e
l
a
s
e
Figure 262 R
2 5
r
o
f
t
6 o
7 N
-
8 -
3 y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
2 e
4 P109019 D
The grease
more detail infitting [Figure 260]
locationsfigures.
the following 260] are shown in
P109034
2. Base
Base End
End Lift
Lift Cylind
Cylinder
er (Bot Sides) (2) [Figure 262].
(Bothh Sides) 262].
162 of 212
LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D)

Lubrication Locations (Cont’d)
P109030 P109022
3. Rod End
End Lift
Lift Cylinde
Cylinderr (Bot Sides) (2) [Figure 263].
(Bothh Sides) 263]. 5. Base
Base End
End Tilt
Tilt Cylind
Cylinder
er (Bot Sides) (2) [Figure 265].
(Bothh Sides) 265].
Figure 264 Figure 266 e

l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
6 y
p
o
C
r
4 e
l
a
e
D
P-31308A P107960
4. Bob-Ta
Bob-Tach
ch Wedge
Wedge (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 264].
(Both Sides) 264]. 6. Rod End Tilt
Tilt Cylin
Cylinder
der (Both
(Both Side
Sides) (2) [Figure 266].
s) (2) 266].
163 of 212
LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D) PIVOT PINS

Lubrication Locations (Cont’d) ection And Maintenance
Inspection
Insp
P107961 P109020A
7. Bob-Ta
Bob-Tach
ch Pivo
Pivott Pin
Pin (Both
(Both Sides) (2) [Figure 267].
Sides) (2) 267]. All lift arm and cylinder pivots have a large pin held in
position with a retainer bolt and locknut (Item 1)
If Equipped With Power Bob-Tach [Figure 269].
269]. e
l
a
s
e
Figure 268 Check that the locknuts are tightened to 48 - 54 N•m (35 - R
40 ft-lb) torque. r
o
f
t
o
N
-
8 -
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
P107959
8. Power
Power Bob-
Bob-Tac
Tachh Hydrau
Hydraulic
lic Cylinder (2) [Figure 268].
Cylinder 268].
164 of 212
BOB-TACH
BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER)
Figure 270 The spring loaded wedges (Item 1) must contact the
lower edge of the holes in the attachment mounting
frame (Item 2) [Figure 271].
271].
If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes
[Figure 271],
271], the attachment will be loose and can come
off the Bob-Tach.
Figure 272
P-85513A
Move the Bob-Tach levers down to engage the wedges

[Figure 270].
270].
e
l
The levers and wedges must move freely. a
s
e
R
NA13065S r
o
f
WARNING t
Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and Bob- N

o
Tach, linkages, and wedges for excessive wear or - -

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH 272]. Replace any parts that are y
damage [Figure 272]. p
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes damaged, bent, or missing. Keep all fasteners tight. o
C
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be r
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can e
Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for l
a
allow attachment to come off. repair or replacement parts. e
W-2715-0208 D
Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
on
Page 108.)
108.) and (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on
on
Figure 271 Page 160.)
Both wedges must

contact lower edge of
holes in the attachment
mounting frame.
P-31233A NA3098
The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 271] must
the holes in the attachment mounting frame.

165 of 212
BOB-TACH (POWER)
This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.
Bob-Tach.
Figure 273 The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 274] must

the holes in the attachment mounting frame.
The spring loaded wedges (Item 1) must contact the
1 lower
lower edge of the holes in the attachment mounting
frame (Item 2) [Figure 274].
274].
If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes
[Figure 274],
274], the attachment will be loose and can come
off the Bob-Tach.
2 Figure 275
NA3094
Push and hold the BOB-TACH WEDGES “UP” switch

(Item 1) until wedges are fully raised. Push and hold the
e
l
BOB-TACH WEDGES “DOWN” a
[Figure 273] until
273] until the wedges are fullyswitch
down. (Item 2) s
e
R
The levers and wedges must move freely. r
o
f
t
o
N
WARNING NA13065S
-
-
y
p
o
C
Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and Bob- e
l
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes a
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be Tach, linkages, and wedges for excessive wear or e
damage [Figure 275].
275]. Replace any parts that are D
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
allow attachment to come off. damaged, bent, or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.
W-2715-0208 Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
repair or replacement parts.
Figure 274
Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
on
Page 108.)
108.) and (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on
on
1 Page 160.)
Both wedges must

contact lower edge of
holes in the attachment
mounting frame.
P-31233A NA3098

166 of 212
LOADER STORAGE
STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE
Storage Return To Service
You may decide to store your Bobcat loader for an After the Bobcat loader has been in storage, perform the
extended period of time. Perform the procedures below procedures below to return the loader to service:
procedures
for storage:
• Check
Check the engine
engine oil and hydrau
hydraulic
lic flu
fluid
id leve
levels;
ls; check
check
• Thorou
Thoroughly
ghly clean
clean the loader
loader includ
including
ing the engine
engine coolant level.
compartment.
• Inst
Instal
alll a ful
fully
ly cha
charg
rged
ed bat
batte
tery
ry..
• Lubrica
icate th
the lo
loader.
• Re
Remo
move
ve gre
greas
asee from
from exp
expos
osed
ed cyl
cylind
inder
er rod
rods.
s.
• Repl
Replac
acee wor
wornn or
or ddam
amag
aged
ed pa
part
rts.
s.
• Chec
Checkk al
alll bbel
eltt tens
tensio
ions
ns..
• Pa
Park
rk the
the loa
loade
derr in a dry
dry prot
protec
ecte
tedd shelt
shelter
er..
• Be sur
suree all
all shiel
shields
ds and
and gua
guard
rdss are
are in posi
positition
on..
• Lower
Lower the
the lift
lift arms
arms all
all the
the way
way and
and put
put tthe
he buck
bucket
et flat
flat
on the ground. • Lubric
icaate th
the llooader.
• Put blocks
blocks under
under the frame
frame to
to remov
removee weigh
weightt ffrom
rom the • Check
Check tire
tire iinfl
nflati
ation
on and remove
remove blocks
blocks from
from unde
underr
tires. frame.
• Pu
Putt gre
greas
asee on
on any
any expo
expose
sedd cylin
cylinde
derr rod
rods.
s. • Re
Remo
move
ve cov
cover
er from
from ex
exha
haus
ustt pipe
pipe openin
opening.
g.
e
l
a
• Put fuel
fuel stabil
stabilize
izerr in the fuel
fuel tank
tank and
and operat
operatee the
the • Start
Start the engine
engine and operat
operatee for
for a few minute while s
minutess while e
engine a few minutes to circulate the stabilizer to the observing the instrument panels and systems for R
pump and fuel injectors. correct operation. r
o
f
t
If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the • Operat
Operatee mach
machine
ine,, check
check for correc
correctt fun
functi
ction.
on. o
N
following: -
-
• Stop
Stop the
the eng
engin
inee and
and chec
checkk for
for leak
leaks.
s. Rep
Repai
airr as y
Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel needed. p
o
fuel, add fuel stabilizer, and operate the engine for at C
r
least 30 minutes. e
l
a
e
• Drai
Drainn and
and flus
flushh the
the cool
cooling
ing sy
syst
stem
em.. Refi
Refillll with
with D
premixed coolant.
• Replac
Replacee all
all fluid
fluidss and
and filt
filters
ers (engin
(engine,
e, hydrau
hydraulic
lic /
hydrostatic).
• Repl
Replac
acee air
air clea
cleane
nerr aand
nd heat
heater
er fifiltlter
ers.
s.
• Pu
Putt aallll co
cont
ntro
rols
ls in NEUT
NEUTRAL
RAL posi
positition
on..
• Remove
Remove the batter
battery.
y. Be
Be sure
sure the
the elec
electro
trolyt
lytee level
level is
correct, then charge the battery. Store the battery in a
cool dry location above freezing temperatures and
charge the battery periodically during storage.
• Cove
Coverr the
the exha
exhaus
ustt ppip
ipee ope
openi
ning
ng..
• Tag the machin

machinee ttoo iindic
ndicate
ate that
that tthe
he machin
machinee iiss in
storage condition.
167 of 212
SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE
SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Viewing Service
Service Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..167 167
Service Codes List
List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
. 168
CONTROL PANEL
PANEL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
PASSWORD SET
SETUP
UP (KEYLESS
(KEYLE SS ST START
ART P PANEL)
ANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177 . 177
Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
. 177
Changing The Owner Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..177 177
Password Lockout
Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..177 177
PASSWORD SET
SETUP
UP (DELUXE
(DELUX E INSTRUMENT
INSTRUMENTA ATION P PANEL)
ANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..178 178
Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
. 178
Changing The Owner Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..178 178
Changing The User Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Password Lockout
Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..179 179
MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 . 180 e

l
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 . 180 a
s
e
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..180
180 R
r
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..180
180 o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
168 of 212
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES

Viewing Service Codes
The Service Codes will aid your dealer in diagnosing conditions that can damage your machine.
Left Panel Deluxe Instrumentation Panel
Figure 276 The optional Deluxe Instrumentation Panel offers an

additional view of service codes that includes a brief
description.
1 The last 40 codes stored in history can also be viewed
using the Deluxe
Delu xe Instrumentation Panel.
Press a scroll button (Item

2 1) repeatedly until the
Active Warnings screen
NA3272 icon (Inset) is highlighted.
1 1
Press the Information button (Item 2) to cycle the data
display (Item 1) [Figure 276]
276] until the service code The ACTIVE WARNINGS e
l
screen is displayed. If more than one service code is screen displaysPress
active a
s
present, the codes will scroll on the data display.
display. service codes. [9] e
to view the next service R
r
When no service code is present, [NONE]
[NONE] is displayed code if more than one is o
f
[Figure 276].
276]. present. Press [4] [4] to t
o
display a history of service N
codes. -
NOTE: Corroded
Corroded or loose grounds grounds can cause
cause -
y
multiple service codes and / or abnormal The WARNINGS p
HISTORY screen will list o
symptoms. All instrument panel lights C
flashing, alarm sounding, headlights and the Service Code Number r
e
l
taillights flashing, can indicate a bad ground. (CODE),,
(CODE) Hourmeter a
The same symptoms can apply if the voltage reading when the error e
occurred (HOUR)
(HOUR),, and the D
is low, such as loose or corroded battery
cables. If you observe these symptoms, check User (USER)
(USER) who was
grounds and positive leads first. logged
machinein when
to operate the
the error
occurred.
[9] to view the next eight service codes.
Press [9] to
A total of 40 codes can be stored. When more than 40

codes occur, the oldest code will disappear and the
newest code will be in the number 1 position.
Press the list number next

to the service code for
more detail.
Press the left scroll button

to back up one screen.
169 of 212
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List
Figure 277 [REPLY] One or both instrument panel(s) not

communicating with the controller.
1 2
[RFOFF] Reversing fan is disabled. (See Reversing
Reversing
Fan on Page 68.)
[CODE] The controller is asking for a password.

(Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation Panels
only.)
[ERROR] The wrong password was entered.

NA3077 (Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation Panels
NA3084
NA3272
only.)
[SHTDN] A shutdown condition exists.

Service codes may be either a word (Item 1) or a number
277]. [DOOR] Operator cab door is open. (Lift and Tilt
functions will not operate.)
The following word errors may be displayed:
e
l
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION a
s
A0618 Wheel speed out of range A8307 ACD output ‘D’ open circuit e
A3623 ACD not programmed A8332 ACD output ‘D’ overcurrent R
r
A4621 5 volt sensor supply out of range high A8402 ACD output ‘E’ error ON o
f
A4622 5 volt sensor supply out of range low A8403 ACD output ‘E’ error OFF t
o
A4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high A8405 ACD output ‘E’ short to battery N
-
A4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low A8406 ACD output ‘E’ shor t to ground -
y
A7701 Machine key active A8407 ACD output ‘E’ open circuit p
o
A7901 E-Stop active A8432 ACD output ‘E’ overcurrent C
A8002 ACD output ‘A’ error ON A8502 ACD output ‘F’ error ON r
e
l
A8003 ACD output ‘A’ error OFF A8503 ACD output ‘F’ error OFF a
A8005 ACD output ‘A’ shor t to battery A8505 ACD output ‘F’ short to battery e
D
A8006 ACD output ‘A’ shor t to ground A8506 ACD output ‘F’ short to ground
A8007 ACD output ‘A’ open circuit A8507 ACD output ‘F’ open circuit
A8032 ACD output ‘A’ overcurrent A8532 ACD output ‘F’ overcurrent
A8102 ACD output ‘B’ error ON A8602 ACD output ‘G’ error ON
A8103 ACD output ‘B’ error OFF A8603 ACD output ‘G’ error OFF
A8105 ACD output ‘B’ shor t to battery A8605 ACD output ‘G’ short to battery
A8106 ACD output ‘B’ shor t to ground A8606 ACD output ‘G’ short to ground
A8107 ACD output ‘B’ open circuit A8607 ACD output ‘G’ open circuit
A8132 ACD output ‘B’ overcurrent A8702 ACD output ‘H’ error ON
A8202 ACD output ‘C’ error ON A8703 ACD output ‘H’ error OFF
A8203 ACD output ‘C’ error OFF A8705 ACD output ‘H’ shor t to battery
A8205 ACD output ‘C’ shor t to battery A8706 ACD output ‘H’ shor t to ground
A8206 ACD output ‘C’ short to ground A8707 ACD output ‘H’ open circuit
A8207 ACD output ‘C’ open circuit A8802 Reverse solenoid error ON
A8232 ACD output ‘C’ overcurrent A8803 Reverse solenoid error OFF
A8302 ACD output ‘D’ error ON
A8303 ACD output ‘D’ error OFF D3905 Left joystick X-axis not in NEUTRAL
A8305 ACD output ‘D’ shor t to battery D3907 Left joystick Y-axis not in NEUTRAL
A8306 ACD output ‘D’ shor t to ground D4007 Right joystick Y-axis not in NEUTRAL

170 of 212

Service Codes List (Cont’d)
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION

D7501 Drive CAN joystick information error D7546 Drive right reverse drive solenoid error ON
D7504 Drive no
no co
communication frfrom dr drive co
controller D7547 Drive rriight ffrront sstteer eexxtend sh
short to ba
battery
D7505 Drive left joystick X-axis not in NEUTRAL D7548 Drive left front steer extend shor t to batter y
D7507 Drive left joystick Y-axis not in NEUTRAL D7549 Drive right rear steer extend shor t to battery
D7508 Drive right joystick Y-axis not in NEUTRAL D7550 Drive left rear steer extend shor t to battery
Drive operating mode switch short to ground or
D7509 D7
D75551 Dr
Driv
ivee st
steer
eer pprressu
essure
re sho
hort
rt ttoo bat
batte
tery
ry
battery
D7510 Drive improper joysticks installed D7552 Drive back-up alarm error ON
D7511 Drive left speed sensor not connected D7553 Drive left forward drive solenoid error OFF
D7512 Drive right speed sensor not connected D7554 Drive left reverse drive solenoid error OFF
D7513 Drive right front wheel angle sensor stuck D7555 Drive right forward drive solenoid error OFF
D7514 Drive left front wheel angle sensor stuck D7556 Drive right reverse drive solenoid error OFF
D7515 Drive right rear wheel angle sensor stuck D7557 Drive right front steer eexxtend shor t to gr
ground
D7516 Drive left rear wheel angle sensor stuck D7558 Drive right front steer retract shor t to ground
D7517 Drive left swash plate not in NEUTRAL D7559 Drive left front steer extend shor t to ground
D7518 Drive right swash plate not in NEUTRAL D7560 Drive left front steer retract shor t to ground
D7519 Drive left joystick X-axis out of range high D7561 Drive right rear steer extend short to ground
D7521 Drive left joystick Y-axis out of range high D7562 Drive right rear steer retract shor t to ground
e
l
D7522 Drive right
Drive right front
joystiwheel
ck Y-axangle
is outsensor
of rangout
e hiof
ghrange D7563 Drive lleeft rear steer extend shor t to ground a
s
D7523 D756
D75644 Dr
Driv
ivee llef
eftt rrea
earr sste
teer
er re
retr
trac
actt ssho
hort
rt ttoo gro
groun
undd e
high R
Drive left front wheel angle sensor out of range r
D7524 D7
D75565 Dr
Driv
ivee st
steer
eer ppre
resssur
uree sh
shor
ortt ttoo gro
groun
undd o
f
high t
Drive right rear wheel angle sensor out of range o
D7525 D756
7566 Dri
rivve bbaack-up al
alarm error OF
OFF N
high -
-
Drive left rear wheel angle sensor out of range y
D7526 D756
D75677 Dr
Driv
ivee no ccom
omm
munic
unicat
atio
ionn fr
from
om Bob
Bobca
catt ccon
ontr
trol
olle
lerr p
high o
D7527 Drive left swash plate out of position D7568 Drive angle sensors not calibrated C
D7528 Drive right swash plate out of position D7569 Drive battery voltage out of range high r
e
l
Drive interrupted power (also occurs after a
D7529 Drive left joystick X-axis out of range low D7570 software updates) e
D
D7531 Drive left joystick Y-axis out of range low D7571 Drive battery voltage out of range low
D7532 Drive right joystick Y-axis out of range low D7572 Drive pump not calibrated
D7533 Drive right front wheel angle sensor out of range D7573 Drive operating mode switch flipped while
low operating
Drive left front wheel angle sensor out of range
D7534 D757
D75744 Dr
Driv
ivee ri
righ
ghtt w
whe
heel
el spee
speedd uunc
ncom
omma
mand
nded
ed moti
motion
on
low
Drive right rear wheel angle sensor out of range
D7535 D757
D75755 Dr
Driv
ivee llef
eftt w
whe
heel
el spee
speedd uunc
ncom
omma
mand
nded
ed moti
motion
on
low
Drive left rear wheel angle sensor out of range
D7536 D757
D75766 Dr
Driv
ivee no comm
commun
unic
icat
atio
ionn ffro
rom
m ACS
ACS cont
contro
rollller
er
low
D7537 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 1 out of range lloow D7577 Drive lleeft speed sensor oouut of range high
D7538 Drive 5 vvoolt sensor supply 2 ou out of range lloow D7578 Drive rriight speed sseensor oouut of range high
D7539 Drive le
left ssw
wash plplate se
sensor oouut of rarange hihigh D7579 Drive lleeft ssppeed sesensor oouut ooff rraange lloow
D7540 Drive left swash plate sensor out of range low D7580 Drive right speed sensor out of range low
D7541 Driv
rive riright ssw
wash pl
plate sseens
nsoor oouut of
of ra
rang
ngee hhiigh D758
7581 Dri
rivve rriight ffrront st
steer rreetract sshhort to bbaattery
D7542 Driv
rive rig
right swash pl plate sseens
nsoor ou
out of range lo low D7582 Dri
rivve lleeft front steer rreetract short to ba battery
D7543 Drive left forward drive solenoid error ON D7583 Drive right rear steer retract shor t to battery
D7544 Drive left reverse drive solenoid error ON D7584 Drive left rear steer retract short to battery
D7545 Drive right forward drive solenoid error ON D7585 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 1 out of range high

171 of 212


D7586 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 2 out of range high H2307 Rear base output open circuit
D7587 Drive software update required H2332 Rear base output overcurrent
D7588 Drive switched power stuck ON H2405 Rear rod output shor t to battery
D7589 Drive switched power error OFF H2406 Rear rod output shor t to ground
D7590 Drive calibration performed H2407 Rear rod output open circuit
D7591 Drive left swash plate sensor reversed H2432 Rear rod output overcurrent
D7592 Drive right swash plate sensor reversed H2505 Diver ter #2 shor t to battery
D75
7593
93 Dr
Driive un
unre
resspo
pons
nsiv
ivee righ
rightt spe
peed
ed sen
enssor H25
2506
06 Di
Divver
ertter #2 sho
hort
rt to gro
roun
undd
D7594 Drive unresponsive left speed sensor H2507 Diverter #2 open circuit
D7595 Drive left speed sensor reverse direction H2605 Front base output shor t to batter y
D7596 Drive right speed sensor reverse direction H2606 Front base output shor t to ground
D7597 Drive controller programmed H2607 Front base output open circuit
D7598 Drive controller in calibration mode H2632 Front base output overcurrent
Drive AWS controller in wheel position
D7599 H2
H27705 Fro
ront
nt ro
rodd ou
outtput
put shor
ortt to ba
battter
eryy
calibration mode
H2
H27706 Fro
ront
nt ro
rodd ou
outtput
put short
hort to gro
roun
undd
H1221 Right thumb switch out of range high H2707 Front rod output open circuit
H1222 Right thumb switch out of range low H2732 Front rod output overcurrent
e
l
H11322214
H LReigfthtthtuhm
umb bswsw
itcithchountoot finraNnE
geUThR
igAhL H
H22880065 D
Diivveerrtteerr sshhoorrtt ttoo bgraottuenrdy
a
s
e
H1322 Left thumb switch out of range low H2807 Diver ter open circuit R
r
H1324 Left thumb switch not in NEUTRAL H2905 High-flow shor t to battery o
f
H1421 Lift base pressure out of range high H2906 High-flow shor t to ground t
o
H1422 Lift base pressure out of range low H2907 High-flow open circuit N
H1502 Ride control output error ON H2932 High-flow overcurrent -
-
H1503 Ride control output error OFF H3028 Controller memory failure y
p
H1507 Ride control output open circuit H3128 Interrupted power failure o
C
H1528 Ride control output failure H3648 Multiple ACD conflict error r
H1602 Ride control relay error ON H3904 Left joystick in error e
l
a
H1603 Ride control relay error OFF H3912 Left joystick thumb switch not in NEUTRAL e
H2005 Boost solenoid shor t to battery H3913 Left joystick grip no communication D
H2006 Boost solenoid shor t to ground H3916 Left joystick no communication

H
H22000372 B
Boooosstt ssoolleennooiidd oovpeerncucrirrceunitt H
H33994288 LLeefftt jjooyyssttiicckk im
ntuelrtinpalel failure
H2105 Reverse fan solenoid shor t to battery H4004 Right joystick in error
H2106 Reverse fan solenoid short to ground H4012 Right joystick thumb switch not in NEUTRAL
H2107 Reverse fan solenoid open circuit H4013 Right joystick grip no communication
H2132 Reverse fan solenoid overcurrent H4016 Right joystick no communication
H2005 Boost solenoid shor t to battery H4028 Right joystick internal failure
H2006 Boost solenoid shor t to ground H4048 Right joystick multiple
H2007 Boost solenoid open circuit H4302 Horn error ON
H2032 Boost solenoid overcurrent H4303 Horn error OFF
H2305 Rear base output shor t to battery H4423 Auxiliary not programmed
H2306 Rear base output shor t to ground H4497 Auxiliary controller programmed
172 of 212


H4502 Right blinker error ON M0711 Hydraulic fluid temperature extremely high
H4503 Right blinker error OFF M0715 Hydraulic fluid temperature in shutdown
H4602 Left blinker error ON M0721 Hydraulic fluid temperature out of range high
H4603 Left blinker error OFF M0722 Hydraulic fluid temperature out of range low
H4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high M0810 Engine coolant temperature too high
H4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low M0811 Engine coolant temperature extremely high
H7404 Main controller no communication M0815 Engine coolant temperature in shutdown
M082
M08211 Engi
Engine
ne cool
coolan
antt ttem
empe
pera
ratu
ture
re out
out of
of rran
ange
ge hi
high
gh
L0102 Lights button error ON M0822 Engine coolant temperature out of range low
L0202 High-flow enable / auto idle enable button error M0909 Fuel level too low
ON
L0302 Auxiliary enable button error ON M0921 Fuel level out of range high
L0402 Information button error ON M0922 Fuel level out of range low
L7404 Main controller no communication M1016 Hydraulic charge filter not connected
L7672 Left display panel needs programming M1017 Hydraulic charge filter plugged
M1121
1121 Sea
eatt ba
barr sen
enssor ou
outt of ra
rang
ngee hig
highh
M0116 Air filter not connected M1122 Seat bar sensor out of range low
M0117 Air filter plugged M1128 Seat bar sensor failure
e
l
M
M00221176 H
Hyyddrraauulliicc // H
Hyyddrroossttaattiicc ffiilltteerr npolutgcgoendnected M
M11330056 Fuueell hhoolldd ssoolleennooiidd sshhoorrtt ttoo gbraottuenrdy
F a
s
e
M0309 System voltage too low M1307 Fuel hold solenoid open circuit R
M0310 System voltage too high M1402 Fuel pull solenoid error ON r
o
f
M0311 System voltage extremely high M1403 Fuel pull solenoid error OFF t
o
M0314 System voltage extremely low M1407 Fuel pull solenoid open circuit N
M0322 System voltage out of range low M1428 Fuel pull solenoid failure -
-
M0409 Engine oil pressure too low M1502 Traction lock pull output error ON y
p
M0414 Engine oil pressure extremely low M1503 Traction lock pull output error OFF o
M0415 Engine oil pressure in shutdown M1507 Traction lock pull output open circuit C
r
M0421 Engine oil pressure out of range high M1528 Traction lock pull output failure e
l
a
M0422 Engine oil pressure out of range low M1605 Traction lock hold solenoid shor t to battery e
M0509 Hydraulic charge pressure too low M1606 Traction lock hold solenoid shor t to ground D
M0510 Hydraulic charge pressure too high M1607 Traction lock hold solenoid open circuit
M
M00551114 H
Hyyddrraauulliicc cchhaarrggee pprreessssuurree eexxttrreem
meellyy hloigwh M11770056
M H
Hyyddrraauulliicc lloocckk vvaallvvee sshhoorrtt ttoo bgraottuenrdy
M0515 Hydraulic charge pressure in shutdown M1707 Hydraulic lock valve open circuit
M0521 Hydraulic charge pressure out of range high M1732 Hydraulic lock valve overcurrent
M0522 Hydraulic charge pressure out of range low M1805 Lift spool lock output shor t to battery
M0610 Engine speed too high M1806 Lift spool lock output shor t to ground
M0611 Engine speed extremely high M1807 Lift spool lock output open circuit
M0613 Engine speed no signal M1832 Lift spool lock output overcurrent
M0615 Engine speed in shutdown M2005 Two-speed primary solenoid short to battery
M0618 Engine speed out of range M2006 Two-speed primary solenoid short to ground
M0634 Engine sp speed in invalid in information frfrom EC ECU M2007 Two-speed pr primary solenoid op open ci circuit
M0710 Hydraulic fluid temperature too high M2032 Two-speed primary solenoid overcurrent
173 of 212


M2102 Glow plug output error ON M4621 5 volt sensor supply out of range high
M2103 Glow plug output error OFF M4622 5 volt sensor supply out of range low
M2107 Glow plug output open circuit M4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high
M2128 Glow plug output failure M4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low
M2202 Star ter output error ON M4802 Front light relay error ON
M2203 Star ter output error OFF M4803 Front light relay error OFF
M2207 Star ter output open circuit M4902 Rear light relay error ON
M2228 Star ter output failure M4903 Rear light relay error OFF
M2302 Star ter relay error ON M5002 Front light output error ON
M2303 Star ter relay error OFF M5003 Front light output error OFF
M2402 Fuel pull relay error ON M5007 Front light output open circuit
M2403 Fuel pull relay error OFF M5028 Front light output failure
M2502 Traction pull relay error ON M5102 Rear light output error ON
M2503 Traction pull relay error OFF M5103 Rear light output error OFF
M2602 Glow plug relay error ON M5107 Rear light output open circuit
M2603 Glow plug relay error OFF M5128 Rear light output failure
M2721 Throttle primary sensor out of range high M5202 Press to operate button error ON
M2722 Throttle primary sensor out of range low M5221 Press to operate button out of range high
e
l
M2821 Throttle secondary sensor out of range high M5222 Press to operate button out of range low a
s
M2822 Throttle secondary sensor out of range low M5305 Press to operate light shor t to battery e
M3028 Controller memory failure M5306 Press to operate light shor t to ground R
r
M3128 Interrupted power failure M5405 Tilt spool lock short to battery o
f
ACS (AHC) no communication to Bobcat t
M3204 M54
5406
06 Ti
Tillt spoo
pool lo
locck sho
hort
rt to gro
roun
undd o
controller N
M3304 Deluxe panel no communication M5407 Tilt spool lock open circuit -
-
M3404 Deluxe panel in error M5432 Tilt spool lock overcurrent y
p
M3505 Hydraulic fan shor t to battery M5902 DPF regeneration switch error ON o
C
M3506 Hydraulic fan shor t to ground M6002 DPF inhibit regeneration switch error ON r
M3507 Hydraulic fan open circuit M6102 Remote parked regeneration switch error ON e
l
a
M3532 Hydraulic fan overcurrent M6402 Switched power relay error ON e
M3705 Two-speed second output short to battery M6403 Switched power relay error OFF D
M3706 Two-speed second output shor t to ground M6505 ECU power shor t to battery
M33773027
M Tw
Twoo--ssppeeeedd sseeccoonndd oouuttppuutt oovpeerncucrirrceunitt M66550076
M EC
E CU
U ppoow
weerr oshpoernt ctoircguroitund
M3805 Auxiliary hydraulic lock shor t to battery M6604 ECU no communication
M3806 Auxiliary hydraulic lock shor t to ground M6702 HVAC output error ON
M3807 Auxiliary hydraulic lock open circuit M6703 HVAC output error OFF
M3832 Auxiliary hydraulic lock overcurrent M6707 HVAC output open circuit
M4109 Alternator too low M6728 HVAC output failure
M4110 Alternator high M6802 HVAC relay error ON
M4111 Alternator extremely high M6803 HVAC relay error OFF
M4304 Keyless panel no communication M7002 Switched power output error ON
M4404 Auxiliary no communication M7003 Switched power output error OFF
M4510 Water in fuel sensor too high M7007 Switched power output open circuit
M4511 Water in fuel sensor extremely high M7028 Switched power output failure
M4521 Water in fuel sensor out of range high M7304 Remote control no communication
M4522 Water in fuel sensor out of range low M7316 Remote control no communication to transmitter

174 of 212


M7423 Main controller not programmed W3233 ACS (AHC) tilt handle wiring
M7472 Main controller needs programming W3234 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator not in NEUTRAL
M7497 Main controller programmed W3235 ACS (AHC) tilt handle / pedal not in NEUTRAL
M7504 Drive no communication W3236 ACS (AHC) lift actuator
M7604 Left display panel no communication W3237 ACS (AHC) lift actuator wiring
M7748 Key switch multiple W3238 ACS (AHC) lift handle wiring
M7839 Hourmeter changed W3239 ACS (AHC) lift actuator not in NEUTRAL
M7974 Door open W3240 ACS (AHC) lift handle / pedal not in NEUTRAL
M8541 DPF automatic regeneration active W3241 ACS (AHC) no communication
M8542 DPF automatic regeneration active (Operate W324
W32499 ACS (A
(AHC
HC)) llififtt act
actua
uato
torr ssho
hort
rt to gr
grou
ound
nd
machine under load)
M8551 DPF regeneration needed - inhibit active W3250 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator short to ground
M8552 DPF regeneration needed - inhibit active W325
W32511 ACS (A
(AHC
HC)) llififtt aact
ctua
uato
torr sho
short
rt ttoo bbat
atte
tery
ry
(Operate machine under load)
M8553 DPF remote parked regeneration required W325
W32522 ACS (A
(AHC
HC)) ttililtt act
actua
uato
torr ssho
hort
rt to batt
batter
eryy
(Remote regeneration kit required)
M8554 DPF service regeneration required (Contact W325
W32533 ACS (A
(AHC
HC)) llififtt hhan
andl
dlee / ped
pedal
al shor
shortt ttoo ggro
roun
undd
Bobcat dealer)
M8555 DPF service required W3254 ACS (AHC) tilt handle / pedal shor t to ground e
l
M8560 DPF service regeneration active W3255 ACS (AHC) lift handle / pedal short to batter y a
s
M8561 DPF service regeneration active W3256 ACS (AHC) tilt handle / pedal short to batter y e
M8562 DPF service regeneration active W3257 ACS (AHC) lift actuator reduced performance R
r
M8563 DPF service regeneration active W3258 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator reduced performance o
f
t
M8564 DPF service regeneration active W3259 ACS (AHC) lift actuator wrong direction o
M8615 Engine speed derate in shutdown W3260 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator wrong direction N
-
M8625 Engine speed derate unresponsive W3261 ACS (AHC) handle lock short to ground -
y
W326
W32622 ACS (A
(AHC
HC)) hhan
andl
dlee lo
locck shor
shortt to batt
batter
eryy p
o
R7404 Main controller no communication W3263 ACS (AHC) pedal lock short to ground C
W326
W32644 ACS (A
(AHC
HC)) peda
pedall lolocck shor
shortt to batt
batter
eryy r
e
l
T9002 Service tool output ‘C’ error ON W3265 ACS (AHC) sensor supply voltage out of range a
T9003 Service tool output ‘C’ error OFF W3266 ACS (AHC) battery voltage out of range e
D
T9102 Service tool output ‘D’ error ON W3267 ACS (AHC) switch flipped while operating
T9103 Service tool output ‘D’ error OFF W3268 ACS (AHC) lift handle information error
T9202 Service tool output ‘E’ error ON W3270 ACS (AHC) right drive handle shor t to ground
T9203 Service tool output ‘E’ error OFF W3271 ACS (AHC) right drive handle shor t to batter y
T9302 Service tool output ‘F’ error ON W3274 ACS (AHC) left joystick X-axis out of range
T9303 Service tool output ‘F’ error OFF W3275 ACS (AHC) interrupted unswitched power
W327
W32766 ACS (A
(AHC
HC)) CAN
CAN jojoysti
ysticck iinf
nfor
orma
matition
on er
erro
rorr
ACS (AHC) no communication to Bobcat
W3204 W327
W32777 ACS (A
(AHC
HC)) re
remo
mote
te cont
contro
roll in
inffor
orma
matition
on err
error
or
controller
W3223 ACS (AHC) calibration required W3297 ACS (AHC) controller programmed
W3224 ACS (AHC) calibration performed W3905 Left joystick X-axis not in NEUTRAL
W3225 ACS (AHC) actuator calibration failed W4005 Right joystick X-axis not in NEUTRAL
W3231 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator W4007 Right joystick Y-axis not in NEUTRAL
W32
3232
32 ACS (AHC
(AHC)) til
tiltt actua
tuator
tor wiri
wirinng
175 of 212
CONTROL PANEL SETUP

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel)
Icon Identification Vitals
Figure 278
Press a scroll button (Item

1) repeatedly until the
Vitals screen icon (Inset)
is highlighted.
1 1
Displays select system

operating levels.
NA3189
You can monitor real-time displays of:
e
l
ICON DESCRIPTION Engine Speed a
s
Engine Oil Pressure e
DATE / TIME Engine Coolant Temperature R
r
System Voltage o
f
USER / HOURMETER Hydraulic Charge Pressure t
o
Hydraulic Fluid Temperature N
CURRENT JOB HOURS -
-
The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel is easy to use. y
p
ACTIVE WARNINGS screen icon Continue to set your own preferences for operating / o
C
monitoring your Bobcat loader. r
VITALS screen icon e
l
a
e
SERVICE screen icon D
MAIN screen icon

ATTACHMENTS screen icon
SECURITY screen icon
DISPLAY
DISPLAY screen icon
HOME icon (Return to MAIN screen)
LEFT SCROLL button
RIGHT SCROLL button

ENTER button

176 of 212
CONTROL PANEL SETUP (CONT’D)

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d)
Date And Time Languages
Press a scroll button (Item Press a scroll button (Item

1) repeatedly until the 1) repeatedly until the
Display screen icon (Inset) Display screen icon (Inset)
is highlighted. is highlighted.
1 1 1 1
Select [1. CLOCKS].

CLOCKS]. Select [2. LANGUA
LAN GUAGES]
GES]..
e
l
a
s
Select the desired e
Select [1. TIME].
TIME].
language. R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
Use the keypad to enter -
English / Metric Display y
time. p
o
C
Select AM / PM / 24hr. r
e
l
Press a scroll button (Item a
Press [ENTER]
[ENTER] to e
1) repeatedly until the D
continue.
Display screen icon (Inset)
is highlighted.
1 1
Select [2. DATE].

DATE].
Select [4. DISPLAY

DISPLAY
SETTINGS]..
SETTINGS]
Use the keypad to enter

date.
Press [ENTER]
[ENTER] to
continue.
Press [1] to
[1] to cycle between
ENGLISH and METRIC.

177 of 212
CONTROL PANEL SETUP (CONT’D)

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d)
Job Clock Reset Machine Lockouts
Press a scroll button (Item Press a scroll button (Item

1) repeatedly until the 1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon Security screen icon
(Inset) is highlighted. (Inset) is highlighted.
1 1 1 1
Select [1. PASSWORDS /

LOCKOUTS]..
LOCKOUTS] Select [1. PASSWORDS /
LOCKOUTS]..
LOCKOUTS]
e
l
Enter owner
and press password
[ENTER].
[ENTER] . a
Enter owner password s
e
and press [ENTER]
[ENTER].. R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
Select [1. USER y
FLOW].
Select [3. HIGH FLOW]. p
SETTINGS]..
SETTINGS] o
C
OR r
e
l
a
Select [4. TWO-SPEED].
TWO-SPEED]. e
D
Select user. HIGH FLOW
Press user number to

cycle between LOCKED
and UNLOCKED.
Select [3. RESET JOB

STATISTICS]..
STATISTICS] TWO-SPEED
Press user number to

cycle between LOCKED
and UNLOCKED.
Press [9]
[9] to reset job
statistics.
Press left scroll button or NOTE: High-Flow
High-Flow and Two-Speed
Two-Speed lockouts
lockouts for the
[0] to
[0] to exit without saving. owner are active even if the Password
Lockout feature is unlocked.

178 of 212
PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START PANEL)

Password
Password Description
Descripti on Password
Password Lockout Feature
Master Password:
Password: This feature allows the owner to unlock the password
feature so that a password does not need to be used
A permanent, randomly selected password set at the every time the engine is started.
factory that cannot be changed. This password is
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the
password is not known or to change the owner loaders electrical system.
password.
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
Owner Password: keys (1 through 0).
Allows for full use of the loader. Must be used to Press the unlock key (Item 2) [Figure 279].
279].
change the owner password.
The left panel display screen will show [CODE]
[CODE]..
Changing The Owner Password
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash,
loaders electrical system. then become solid.
Enter the five digit owner password using the number The loader can now be started without using a password.
keys (1 through 0) if locked.
e
l
NOTE: Use the lock
following
following procedure
proced ure to requires
reset
reset the a
Figure 279 machine so that the loader a s
e
password to start the engine. R
r
o
f
Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the t
loaders electrical system. o
N
-
-
Press the lock key (Item 1) [Figure 279]
279].. y
p
o
The lock key red light will flash and the left panel display C
r
screen will show [CODE]
[CODE].. e
l
a
e
Enter the five digit owner password using the number D
1 keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash,
2
then the lock key red light will become solid.
P-90805 You must now enter the password every time to start the
loader.
Press and hold the lock (Item 1) and unlock (Item 2)
[Figure 279] keys
279] keys for 2 seconds.
The lock key red light will flash and the left panel display
screen will show [ENTER]
[ENTER]..
Enter a new five digit owner password using the number

keys (1 through 0). An asterisk will show in the left panel
display screen for each key press.
The left panel display screen will show [AGAIN]

[AGAIN]..
Enter the new five digit owner password again.
The lock key red light will become solid.

soli d.

179 of 212
PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL)

Password
Password Description
Descripti on Changing The Owner Password
All new machines with a Deluxe Instrumentation Panel

arrive at Bobcat dealerships with the keypad in locked
mode. Locked mode means that a password must be Press a scroll button (Item
used to start the engine. 1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon
For security purposes, your dealer may change the (Inset) is highlighted.
password and set the keypad in the locked mode. Your 1 1
dealer will provide you with the password.
Master Passw
Password:
ord:
A permanent, randomly selected password set at the Select [1. PASSWORDS /

factory that cannot be changed. This password is LOCKOUTS]..
LOCKOUTS]
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner
password is not known or to change the owner
password.
Owner Password:
Allows for full use of the loader and to set up the Enter owner password
and press [ENTER]
[ENTER].. e
l
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel. Theremust
is only one a
owner password. The owner password be used s
e
to change the owner or user passwords. Owner R
should change the password as soon as possible for r
o
f
security of the loader. t
o
N
User Passw
Password:
ord: -
Select [1. USER -
SETTINGS]..
SETTINGS] y
Allows starting and operating the loader; cannot p
o
change passwords or lockout features. C
r
e
l
For the procedures to change passwords: (See Changing
Changing a
e
The Owner Password on Page 178.) and
178.) and (See Changing
Changing D
The User Passwords on Page 179.)
Select [1. OWNER].

OWNER].
Select [2. CHANGE

PASSWORD]..
PASSWORD]
Enter new owner

password and press
[ENTER]..
[ENTER]
You will be prompted to
reenter the new owner
password.

180 of 212
PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) (CONT’D)

Changing The User Passwords Password Lockout Feature
This feature allows the owner to unlock the password

feature so that a password does not need to be used
Press a scroll button (Item every time the engine is started.
(Inset) is highlighted.
1 1 Press a scroll button (Item
(Inset) is highlighted.
Select [1. PASSWORDS / 1 1
LOCKOUTS]..
LOCKOUTS]
Select [1. PASSWORDS /

LOCKOUTS]..
LOCKOUTS]
Enter owner password

and press [ENTER]
[ENTER].. e
l
a
s
e
R
Enter owner password r
o
f
and press [ENTER]
[ENTER].. t
o
N
-
Select [1. USER -
SETTINGS]..
SETTINGS] y
p
o
C
r
e
l
Select [2. MACHINE a
e
LOCK]..
LOCK] D
Select user.
NOTE: The procedure
procedure above can
can be followed
followed to reset
reset
the machine lock so that the machine
machi ne requires
a password to start the engine.
Select [2. CHANGE

PASSWORD]..
PASSWORD]
Enter new user password
and press [ENTER]
[ENTER]..

181 of 212
MAINTENANCE CLOCK
Description This message will appear for 10 seconds every time the
machine is started until the maintenance clock is reset.
The Maintenance Clock alerts the operator when the next
service interval is due. EXAMPLE: The maintenance Figure 282
clock can be set to a 500 hour interval as a reminder for
the next 500 hour planned maintenance.
Figure 280
2
1
1
3
NA3086
NA3198
During machine operation, a 2 beep alarm will sound

when there are less than 10 hours until the next planned The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (if equipped) will
display a bar (Item 1) [Figure 282]
282] showing the time e
l
maintenance. remaining until next service. This bar will turn red when a
s
service is past due. [NEXT MAINTENANCE DUE] DUE] will e
The remaining hours before maintenance is required R
(Item 1) will appear in the data display for 5 seconds change to [MAINTENANCE PAST DUE] andDUE] and display the r
number of hours past due. o
f
while the service icon (Item 3) and the hourmeter icon t
(Item 2) [Figure 280] flash.
280] flash. o
Keys [4]
[4] and [9]
[9] can be used to adjust the service N
-
interval when the owner is logged in [Figure 282].
282]. -
NOTE: The display
display will show
show negative
negative numbers
numbers after y
counting down to zero. p
Setup o
C
The display will revert to the previous display and will r
e
l
appear for 5 seconds every time the machine is started See your Bobcat dealer about installation of this feature. a
e
until the maintenance clock is reset. D
Reset
Figure 281
Figure 283
1
1
2
NA3273
Press the Information button (Item 2) [Figure 283]

283] until
NA3195 the display screen shows the maintenance clock.
The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (if equipped) will Press and hold the Information button (Item 2) for 7
display a message (Item 1) [Figure 281]
281] alerting the seconds until [RESET]
[RESET] (Item
(Item 1) [Figure 283] appears
283] appears in
operator to service the machine. the display screen.

182 of 212

TRANSLATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..182 182
Service Schedule
Schedule (7242070)
(7242070) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..182 182
Warningg (716799
Warnin (7167993)
3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Warningg (716929
Warnin (7169291)
1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Danger (7167989)
(7167989) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Danger (7167990)
(7167990) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Danger (7167988)
(7167988) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Warningg (716811
Warnin (7168114)
4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Warningg (716799
Warnin (7167994)
4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Warningg (716814
Warnin (7168140)
0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Warningg (716814
Warnin (7168142)
2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Warningg (716813
Warnin (7168138)
8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Warningg (716799
Warnin (7167996)
6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Warningg (673718
Warnin (6737189)
9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Warningg (718434
Warnin (7184346)
6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Danger (7170355)
(7170355) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Lift Arm Support Device
Device (6706558)
(6706558) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
Warningg (716802
Warnin (7168024)
4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
e
l
(714214
(7142141)
Warning (716801
Warning 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
(7168019)
9) 194 a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
183 of 212
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLA

TRA NSLATIONS
TIONS
Service Schedule (7242070)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
184 of 212
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)

Service Schedule (7242070) (Cont’d)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
185 of 212

Service Schedule (7242070) (Cont’d)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
186 of 212

Warning (7167993) Danger (7167989)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
Danger (7167990) t
o
Warning (7169291) N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
187 of 212

Danger (7167988)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
Warning (7168114)
188 of 212

Warning (7167994)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
189 of 212

Warning (7168140) Warning (7168142)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
190 of 212

Warning (7168138)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
191 of 212

Warning (7167996) Warning (6737189)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
192 of 212

Warning (7184346)
Danger (7170355)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
193 of 212

Lift Arm Support Device (6706558)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
194 of 212

Warning (7168024)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
195 of 212

Warning (7142141)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
196 of 212

Warning (7168019)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
197 of 212
SPECIFICATIONS
(S510) LOADER
LOADER SPECIFICA
SPECIFICATIONS TIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..197 197
Machine Dimensions
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197 . 197
Performance
Per formance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198 . 198
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
. 198
Drive System
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..199 199
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..199
199
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200 . 200
Electrical System
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201 . 201
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
. 201
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
. 202
Certain specification(s) are based on engineering calculations and are not actual measurements. Specification(s)
are provided for comparison purposes only and are subject to change without notice. Specification(s) for your
individual Bobcat equipment will vary based on normal variations in design, manufacturing, operating conditions,
and other factors.
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
198 of 212
(S510) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS

Machine Dimensions
• Dimensions
Dimensions are
are given for
for loader
loader equipped
equipped with
with standard
standard tires
tires and 68 in.
in. Construct
Construction
ion and Industr
Industrial
ial bucket
bucket and may
may
vary with other bucket types.
• Where applicab
applicable,
le, specificat
specifications
ions conform
conform to SAE or ISO standar
standards
ds and are
are subject
subject to change
change without
without notice.
notice.
1659
(65.3mm
in) 2032 mm
(80 in)
1643 mm
(64.7 in)
1727 mm
1374 mm (68 in)
(54.1 in)
e
l
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
97° t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
42° C
r
3787 mm e
l
(149.1 in) a
e
432 mm D
(17 in)
2908 mm
(114.5 in)
2205 mm
1972 mm (86.8 in)
(77.8 in)
24.2°
30°
1082 mm
185 mm (42.6 in)
(7.3 in)
2657 mm
(104.6 in)
3378 mm
(133 in) NA9078
Changes of structure or weight distribution of the loader can cause changes in control and steering response,
and can cause failure of the loader parts.

199 of 212
(S510) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Performance
Rated Operating Capacity 748 kg (1650 lb)

with 200 Pound Frame Mounted
816 kg (1800 lb)
Counterweight Kit
Tipping Load 1497 kg (3300 lb)
Operating Weight 2686 kg (5922 lb)
Breakout Force - Lift 1470 kg (3242 lb)
Breakout Force - Tilt 1485 kg (3276 lb)
Push Force 2406 kg (5306 lb)
Travel Speed:
- Single Speed Loader 0 - 11,8 km/h (0 - 7.35 mph)
- Two-Speed Loader (Option):
Low Range 0 - 11,8 km/h (0 - 7.35 mph)
High Range 0 - 17,3 km/h (0 - 11.02
1 1.02 mph)
Engine
Make / Model Kubota® / V2403-MDI-E3B Interim Tier 4

Fuel / Cooling Diesel / Liquid
e
Horsepower: l
a
- ISO 9249 EEC / SAE J1349 Net 34,4 kW (46.1 hp) @ 2700 rpm s
e
- ISO 14396 Gross 34,4 kW (46.1 hp) @ 2700 rpm R
r
- SAE J1995 Gross 36,5 kW (48.9 hp) @ 2700 rpm o
f
Torque: t
o
- ISO 9249 EEC / SAE J1349 Net 148,6 N•m (109.6 ft-lb) @ 1600 rpm N
- SAE J1995 Gross 158,6 N•m (117.0 ft-lb) @ 1600 rpm -
-
y
Low Idle rpm 1075 - 1225 p
o
High Idle rpm 2760 - 2900 C
r
Number of Cylinders 4 e
l
a
Displacement 2433 cm3 (148.5 in3) e
D
Bore / Stroke 87 mm / 102,4 mm (3.425 in / 4.03 in)
Lubrication Gear Pump Pressure System with Filter
Crankcase Ventilation Closed Breathing
Air Cleaner Dry replaceable paper cartridge with separate safety element
Ignition Diesel - Compression
Air Induction Naturally Aspirated
Engine Coolant Propylene Glycol / Water Mixture
Starting Aid Glow plugs automatically activated as needed in RUN position
200 of 212

Drive System
Main Drive Fully hydrostatic, 4-wheel drive

Infinitely variable tandem hydrostatic piston pumps, driving two fully reversing
Transmission
hydrostatic motors
Prestressed #80 HSOC endless roller chainchai n (no master link) and sprockets in
Final Drive sealed chaincase with
Twooilchains
lubri cation
lubrication (Chains
per side with do
no not
idlerrequire periodic adjustments)
sprocket
Axle Size 50,29 mm (1.98 in), heat treated
Wheel Bolts Eight - 9/16 in. wheel bolts fixed to axle hubs
Controls
Direction and speed controlled by two hand operated steering levers or optional
Machine Steering
joystick(s)
Loader Hydraulics:
- Lift and Tilt Controlled by separate foot pedals or optional Advanced Control System (ACS)
or optional Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)
- Front Auxiliary Controlled by electrical switch on Right Hand steering lever or joystick
- Rear Auxiliary (Option) Controlled by electrical switch on Left Hand steering lever or joystick
e
Aux
uxililia
iary
ry Pr
Pres
essu
sure
re Rele
Releas
asee Pres
Pressu
sure
re reli
relieeved th
thro
roug
ughh qu
quic
ickk co
coup
uple
lers
rs;; Push
Push cocoup
uple
lers
rs in
in,, ho
hold
ld for 5 se
seco
cond
ndss l
a
s
Hand operated speed control, additional foot operated speed control pedal with w ith e
Engine SJC option; key-type start switch or optional Keyless Start Panel or optional R
r
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel and function error shutdown o
f
t
Two independent hydrostatic systems controlled by two hand operated steering o
Service Brake N
levers or optional joystick(
j oystick(s)
s) -
-
Secondary Brake One of the hydrostatic transmissions y
Parking Brake Mechanical disc activated by manually operated switch on left instrument panel p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
201 of 212

Hydraulic System
Pump Type Engine driven, gear type

Pump Capacity 64,7 L/min (17.1 U.S. gpm)
System Relief at Quick Couplers 23,8 - 24,5 MPa (238 - 245 bar) (3450 - 3550 psi)
Filter (Hydraulic / Hydrostatic) Replaceable beta 10 micron = 200, drop in element
Filter (Charge) Replaceable beta 10 micron = 200, spin-on element
Hydraulic Cylinders: Double-acting; lift cylinders have cushioning feature on lower, tilt cylinders have
cushioning feature on dump and rollback
Bore Diameter:Lift Cylinder (2) 57,2 mm (2.25 in)
Tilt Cylinder (2) 69,9 mm (2.75 in)
Rod Diameter:
Diameter: Lift Cylinder
Cylinder (2) 38,1 mm (1.50 in)
Stroke: Lift Cylinder (2) 698,5 mm (27.50 in)
3-Spool, open center, manually operated with spring spr ing detent for lift float;
Control Valve - Standard
Electrically controlled auxiliary spool
3-Spool, open center with electric actuator controlled lift with float and tilt;
Control Valve - ACS and SJC
Electrically controlled auxiliary spool
e
Fluid Lines SAE Standard tubelines, hoses, and fittings l
a
BOBCAT FLUID, Hydraulic / Hydrostatic s
e
6903117 - (Two - 2.5 U.S. gal) R
Fluid Type r
6903118 - (5 U.S. gal) o
f
6903119 - (55 U.S. gal) t
o
Hydraulic Function Time: N
-
- Raise Lift Arms 3.3 seconds -
y
- Lower Lift Arms 2.8 seconds p
- Bucket Dump 2.3 seconds o
C
- Bucket Rollback 1.7 seconds r
e
l
a
e
D
202 of 212

Electrical System
Alternator Belt driven, 90 amperes, open frame

12 volt, 1000 cold cranking amperes @ -18°C (0°F),
Battery
186 minute reserve capacity @ 25 amperes
Starter 12 volt, gear type, 2,7 kW (3.62 hp)
Gauges: and Fuel Level
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning lights:
Fuel Level, Seat Belt, Engine Coolant Temperature,
Temperature, Engine Malfunction,
Hydraulic System Malfunction, Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) / Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF), and General Warning
Indicators:
BICS™ Functions, Two-Speed, 3-Point Restraint, and Turn Signals
Data Display:
Operating Hours, Engine rpm, Speed Management Setting, Maintenance Clock
Countdown, Battery Voltage, Service Codes, Engine Preheat Countdown, Lift
Instrumentation
and Tilt Compensation Setting, Steering Drift Compensation Setting, and Drive
Response Setting
Other:
Audible Alarm, Lights, and Option / Accessory Switches
Sw itches
Optional Deluxe Instrumentation Panel: l
e
a
*Additional displays for: Engine rpm, Engine Coolant Temperature,
Temperature, Engine Oil s
e
Pressure, System Voltage, Hydraulic Fluid Temperature, and Hydrostatic Charge R
r
Pressure o
f
*Additional Features Included: Keyless Start, Digital
Di gital Clock, Job Cl
Clock,
ock, Password
Password t
o
Lockout, Multiple-Language Display,
Display, Help Screens, Diagnostic Capability,
Capability, and N
Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown Function -
-
y
p
Capacities o
C
r
e
l
Fuel 93,7 L (24.75 U.S. gal) a
e
Engine Oil with Filter Change 8,7 L (9.2 qt) D
Engine Cooling System:

-- without
with Heater
Heater 11,7
11,4 LL (3.1
(3.0 U.S.
U.S. gal)
gal)
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Reservoir 7,57 L (2.0 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System 31,8 L (8.4 U.S. gal)
Chaincase Reservoir 32,2 L (8.5 U.S. gal)
203 of 212

Tires
Standard Duty (Standard) 10.00 – 16.5, 8 Ply Rating

Heavy Duty (Option) 10.00 – 16.5, 10 Ply Rating
Heavy Duty Offset (Option) 10.00 – 16.5, 10 Ply Rating
Heavy Duty Offset Poly Fill (Option) 10.00 – 16.5, 10 Ply Rating
Heavy Duty Poly Fill (Option) 10.00 – 16.5, 10 Ply Rating
Severe Duty (Option) 10.00 – 16.5, 10 Ply Rating
Severe Duty Poly Fill (Option) 10.00 – 16.5, 10 Ply Rating
Solidflex (Option) 31 x 6 x 10
Super Float (Option) 31 x 12 – 16.5, 10 Ply Rating
Inflate tires to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the sidewall of the tire; DO NOT mix
Recommended Pressure
brands of tires used on the same loader
l
e
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
204 of 212
WARRANTY
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
l
e
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
205 of 212
WARRANTY
WARRANTY
Bobcat Loaders
Bobcat Company warrants to its authorized dealers and authorized dealers of Bobcat Equipment Ltd., who
in turn warrant to the owner, that each new Bobcat loader will be free from proven defects in material and
workmanship with respect to (i) all components of the product except as otherwise specified herein for
twelve (12) months, (ii) the drive belt from the hydrostatic pump to the engine, for thirty six (36) months,
provided that after the initial twelve month warranty period, such warranty shall be limited to parts only and
does not include labor, (iii) tracks and Bobcat brand tires, for twelve (12) months on a prorated basis based
on the remaining depth of the track or tire at the time any defect is discovered, and (iv) Bobcat brand
batteries, for an additional twelve (12) months after the initial twelve month warranty period, provided that
Bobcat Company shall only reimburse a fixed portion of the cost of replacing the battery during such
additional twelve months. The foregoing time periods shall all commence after delivery by the authorized
Bobcat dealer to the original buyer
buyer..
During the warranty period, the authorized Bobcat dealer shall repair or replace, at Bobcat Company's l
e
a
option, without charge for parts and labor, any part of the Bobcat product except as otherwise specified s
e
herein which fails because of defects in material or workmanship. The owner shall provide the authorized R
r
Bobcat dealer with prompt written notice of the defect and allow reasonable time for repair or replacement. o
f
Bobcat Company may, at its option, require failed parts to be returned to the factory. Travel time of t
o
mechanics and transportation of the Bobcat product to the authorized Bobcat dealer for warranty work are N
-
the responsibility of the owner. The remedies provided in this warranty are exclusive. -
y
p
o
This warranty does not cover replacement of scheduled service items such as oil, filters, tune-up parts, and C
other high-wear items. This warranty does not cover damages resulting from abuse, accidents, alterations, r
e
l
use of the Bobcat product with any accessory or attachment not approved by Bobcat Company, air flow a
e
obstructions, or failure to maintain or use the Bobcat product according to the instructions applicable to it. D
THIS WARRANTYOF
THE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE ANDCOMPANY
TITLE. BOBCAT IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
DISCLAIMS ALLWARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS,
OTHER WARRANTIES EXCEPT
AND CONDITIONS,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY
OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL BOBCAT COMPANY OR THE
AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALER BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
TO, LOSS OR INTERRUPTION
OF BUSINESS, LOST PROFITS, OR LOSS OF MACHINE USE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT,
WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF BOBCAT
COMPANY OR THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES. THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF BOBCAT COMPANY AND THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALERS WITH
RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT AND SERVICES FURNISHED HEREUNDER SHALL NOT EXCEED THE
PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT UPON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED.
6570162enUS (05-16) Printed in U.S.A.

206 of 212
WARRANTY (CONT’D)
In this emissions limited warranty, the term “Manufacturer” means Kubota Corporation as the holder of the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) Certificate of Conformity and California Executive Order for the vehicle. The emission control limited
warranty is in addition to the standard limited warranty for your vehicle.
Your Bobcat dealer is authorized to perform all warranty and service repairs on your diesel engine. To locate a Bobcat dealer, visit
www.bobcat.com
www .bobcat.com or call 1-800-743-4340.
KUBOTA
KUBOTA Corporatio
Cor poration
n
FEDERAL & CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS
LIMITED WARRANTY for NON-ROAD ENGINES (CI)
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the California Air Resources Board (CARB), and KUBOTA Corporation are pleased to explain the Federal and
California Emission Control System Warranty on your non-road engine. In California, new heavy duty off-road engines must be designed, built and equipped to meet
California’s stringent anti-smog standards adopted by the Air Resources Board pursuant to its authority in Chapter 1 and 2, Part 5, Division 26 of the t he California Health
and Safety Code. In other states of the U.S.A., new non-road engines subject to the provisions of 40 CFR 1039 subpart A must be designed, built and equipped, at the
time of sale, to meet the U.S. EPA regulations for nonroad engines.
KUBOTA must warrant the emission control system on your Compression Ignition engine for the period of time listed below provided there has been no abuse,
vandalism, neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved modifications to your engine. This emission warranty is applicable in all states of the U.S.A., its provinces and
territories regardless of whether an individual state, province, or territory has enacted warranty provisions that differ from the Federal warranty provisions. This emission
warranty is also applicable in all provinces and territories of CANADA.
Your emission control system may include parts such as the fuel injection system and the air induction system. Also included may be hoses, belts, connectors and other
emission-related assemblies.
Where a warrantable condition exists, KUBOTA will repair your engine at no cost to you, including diagnosis (if the diagnostic work is performed at an authorized dealer),
parts and labor.
EMISSION DESIGN AND DEFECT WARRANTY COVERAGE
The emissions warranty period for the engine begins on the original date of sale to the initial purchaser and continues for each subsequent purchaser for the period
mentioned below.
The emissions warranty period for all engines rated under 19kW (25Hp) is 2000 hours of operation or two (2) years of use, whichever first occurs.
The emissions warranty period for constant speed engines rated under 37kW (50Hp) with rated speeds greater than or equal to 3000 rpm r pm is 2000 hours of operation
or two (2) years of use, whichever first occurs.
The emissions warranty period for all other engines not already listed is 3000 hours of operation or five (5) years of use, whichever first occurs.
If any emission related part on your engine is defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by KUBOTA free of charge.
OWNER’S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES
(a) As the engine owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance listed in your KUBOTA operator’s manual. KUBOTA recommends
that youthe
ensure retain all receiptsofcovering
performance maintenance
all scheduled on your engine, but KUBOTA cannot deny a warranty claim solely for the lack of receipts or for your failure to
maintenance. l
e
a
(b) As the engine owner, you should be aware, however, that KUBOTA may deny your warranty coverage if your engine or a part has failed due to abuse, vandalism, s
neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved modifications. e
(c) Your engine is designed to operate on Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel only. Use of any other fuel may result in your engine no longer operating in compliance with R
Federal or California’s emissions requirements. r
(d) You are responsible for presenting your engine to the nearest dealer or service station authorized by KUBOTA when a problem exists. The warranty repairs o
should be completed in a reasonable amount of time, not to exceed 30 days. f
(e) If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and responsibilities or the location of the nearest authorized dealer or distributor, you should contact: t
KUBOTA ENGINE AMERICA CORPORATION, Service department at 1-800-532-9808, EEWRI@kubotaengine.com or KUBOTA TRACTOR CORPORATION, CORPORATION, o
National Service Department at 1-800-558-2682, KubotaEmissionsWa
KubotaEmissionsWarranty@kubota.com
rranty@kubota.com or KUBOTA CANADA LTD at (905) 294-7477. N
COVERAGE -
KUBOTA warrants to the initial purchaser and each subsequent purchaser that your engine will be designed, built and equipped, at the time of sale, to meet all -
applicable regulations. KUBOTA
KUBOTA also warrants to the initial purchaser and each subsequent purchaser that your engine shall be free from defects in materials and y
workmanship which cause the engine to fail to conform to applicable regulations for the period mentioned above from the original date of sale. p
KUBOTA shall remedy warranty defects at any authorized KUBOTA engine dealer or warranty station. Any authorized work done at an authorized dealer or warranty o
station shall be free of charge to the owner if such work determines that a warranted part is defective. Any KUBOTA approved or equivalent replacement part C
(including any KUBOTA approved aftermarket part) may be used for any warranty maintenance or repairs on emission related parts, and must be provided free of r
charge to the owner if the part is still under warranty. e
l
KUBOTA is liable for damages to other engine components caused by the failure of a warranted part still under warranty. The use of replacement parts not a
equivalent to the original parts may impair the effectiveness of your engine emission control system. If such a replacement part is used in the repair or maintenance e
of
of your
your engine, and KUBOTA determines it is defective or causes a failure of a warranted part, your claim for repair of your engine may be denied.
Listed below are the parts covered by the t he Federal and California Emission Control Systems Warranty. Some parts listed below may require scheduled maintenance D
and are warranted up to the first scheduled replacement point for that part. The warranted parts are (if applicable):
1) Air-Induction System 4) Electronic Control System 6) Particulate Controls
a) Intake Manifold a) ECU a) Any device used to capture particulate
b) Turbocharger System b) Engine Speed / Timing Sensor emissions.
c) Charge Air Cooling System (Intercooler) c) Accelerator Position Sensor b) Any device used in the regeneration of the
2) Catalyst or Thermal Reactor System d) Coolant Temperature Sensor particulate control device.
a) Catalytic converter e) Atmospheric Pressure Sensor c) Control Device Enclosures and Manifolding
b) Exhaust manifold f) Intake Pressure Sensor d) Diesel Particulate Filter Temperature Sensor
3) Fuel Injection System g) Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor e) Differential Pressure Sensor
a) Fuel Supply Pump h) Intake Air Flow Sensor 7) Miscellaneous Items
b) Injector i) Common Rail Pressure Sensor a) Closed Breather System
c) Injection Pipe 5) Exhaust Gas Recirculation System b) Hoses*, Clamps*, Fittings, Tubing*
d) Common Rail a) EGR Valve c) Gaskets, Seals
e) Smoke Puff Limiter b) EGR Cooler d) Kubota supplied engine Wiring Harnesses
f) Speed Timer c) EGR Valve Opening Rate Sensor e) Kubota supplied engine Elec. Connectors
g) Cold Advance Timer f) Air Cleaner Element*, Fuel Filter Element*
h) Injection Pump g) Emission Control Information Labels
*Warranty period is equivalent to manufacturer’s recommended first replacement interval as stated in the applicable model’s operator’s manual and/or service
(workshop) manual.
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
The owner is responsible for the performance of the required maintenance as defined by KUBOT KUBOTAA in the operator’s manual.
LIMITATIONS
This Emission Control System Warranty shall not cover any of the following;
(a) KUBOTA
Repair orspecifications
replacement required because
that adversely of misuse
affect or neglect,
performance and/orimproper maintenance,
durability, repairs
and alteration improperly performed
or modifications or replacements
not recommended not conforming
or approved to
in writing by
KUBOTA.
(b) Replacement of parts and other services and adjustments necessary for required maintenance at and after the first scheduled replacement point.
6990354 (10-11) Printed in U.S.A.

207 of 212
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
(S510) LOADER SPECIFICA

SPECIFICATIONS TIONS . . . . . 197 LIFT ARM BYP
BYPASS
ASS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . .45
ALTERNA
ALTERNATOR
TOR BEL
BELT T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE . . . . . . . . . .114 . 114
ATT
TTACHMENT
ACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) . 74 LIFTING THE LOADER
LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
ATT
TTACHMENTS
ACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 LOADER IDENTIFICA
IDENTIFICATION
TION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
AUTOMATIC
AUTOMA TIC RI
RIDE
DE CO
CONTROL
NTROL LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO
ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULA
BACK-UP TOR .SYSTEM
ALARM . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 117
159 SERVICE
SERVICETING
LUBRICA . . . .THE
LUBRICATING . . . .LO
. . ADER
. . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .165
LOADER .160
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 MACHINE SIGN TRANSLA
TRANSLATIONS TIONS . . . . . . .182
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . .16
....................................3 MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
(BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
MONITORING THE DISPLAY DISPLAY P PANELS
ANELS . . . .89
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM
(BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 OPERATING
OPERA TING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
BOB-TACH
BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 OPERATOR
OPERAT OR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 .1199
BOB-TACH
BOB-TACH (PO(POWER)
WER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 OPERATOR
OPERA TOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . .1
CONTROL PANEL
PANEL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 PARKING BRAKE
PASSWORD SETUP . . .(DELUXE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 l
e
a
s
COUNTERWEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 e
INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . .178 R
DAILY
DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 r
PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START o
f
DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 t
o
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE
SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . 167 PIVOT
PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..162 162 N
-
DRIVE BELT
BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 -
PRE-STARTING
PRE-ST ARTING PR PROCEDURE
OCEDURE . . . . . . . . . ..77 77 y
DRIVE RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 p
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING o
DRIVING AND STEERING
STEERING THE LOADER LOADER . . 50 RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 C
r
e
l
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 REAR DOOR (TAILGA
(TAILGATE) TE) . . . . . . . . . . . . ..122 122 a
e
EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 . 123 D
ENGINE AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . 3
ENGINE COOLING
COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . 135 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
ENGINE LUBRICATION
LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . 133 SEAT
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . .111
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 SEAT
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . 43
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND SEAT
SEAT BEL
BELT
T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
ATT
TTACHMENTS
ACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS
LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . ..44
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION SERVICE
SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..108 108
(CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
SPARK
SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . ..152 152
FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..55 55
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
STARTING
STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
HEATING
HEA TING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
STEERING DRIFT
DRIFT COMPENSATION
COMPENSATION . . . . . 59
HYDRAULIC / HYDROST
HYDROSTA ATIC SYSTEM . . 145
STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE
HYDRAULI
HYDRAULICC CONTROLS
INSTRUMENT . . . . . . .TION
PANEL IDENTIFICA
IDENTIFICATION . . . . . .. .. 64
25 LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
STOPPING
STOPPIN G THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
INTENDED USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 TIRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
LIFT AND TILT
TILT COMPENSA
COMPENSATION TION . . . . . . . . 61 TOWING
TO WING THE LOADER
LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101

208 of 212
TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . . 44

TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A
TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
TWO-SPEED CONTROL
CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
l
e
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
209 of 212
l
e
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
210 of 212
l
e
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D
211 of 212
l
e
a
s
e
R
r
o
f
t
o
N
-
-
y
p
o
C
r
e
l
a
e
D

Operation & Maintenance Manual Operation & Maintenance Manual S510 Skid-Steer Loader S510 Skid-Steer Loader

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operation & Maintenance Manual Operation & Maintenance Manual S510 Skid-Steer Loader S510 Skid-Steer Loader

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operation & Maintenance Manual Operation & Maintenance Manual S510 Skid-Steer Loader S510 Skid-Steer Loader

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operation & Maintenance Manual

S/N A3NJ11001 & Above

OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS

CORRECT CORRECT WRONG

NA1254 NA1198 NA1201

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1196 NA1197 NA1195

SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS

ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206

YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:

Bobcat Company Doosan Bobcat EMEA s.r.o.

1 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..33

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS

2 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

ANTIFREEZE, Propylene Glycol FLUID, Hydraulic / Hydrostatic

7023082 SAE 15W-40

3 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS

Loader Serial Number

1 The delivery report [Figure 3] contains

The delivery report must be reviewed and signed by the e

The engine serial number (Item 1) [Figure 2] is

4 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FRONT OPERATION &

BACK-UP LIFT ARM

[1] BUCKETS - Several different buckets and other

5 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ATTACHMENTS

6 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

The versatile Bobcat loader quickly turns into a multijob

See your Bobcat dealer for information about approved Bucket

• Angle Broom • Sweeper

7 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

See your Bobcat dealer for availability.

8 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

Forestry Door Emergency Exit

9 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 . 11

FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 . 13

10 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS • An Oper

11 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator

WARNING Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook, Safety

IMPORTANT verbal instruction. This training is given by your

12 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) FIRE PREVENTION

The operator’s area, engine compartment and engine

Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage.

Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use

13 S510 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FIRE PREVENTION (CONT’D) Welding And Grinding

Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No